From 82a17c9fb3d64ccdd474c3bedf564368f77e84a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Repo Admin Date: Sat, 19 Oct 2002 07:55:27 +0000 Subject: This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'GNUPG-1-9-BRANCH'. --- intl/bindtextdom.c | 369 ----------------------------------------------------- 1 file changed, 369 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 intl/bindtextdom.c (limited to 'intl/bindtextdom.c') diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6a9bd164..000000000 --- a/intl/bindtextdom.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,369 +0,0 @@ -/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published - by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) - any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, - USA. */ - -#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H -# include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef _LIBC -# include -#else -# include "libgnuintl.h" -#endif -#include "gettextP.h" - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ -# include -#else -/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ -# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) -# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) -#endif - -/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different - names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs - using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ -#if !defined _LIBC -# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__ -# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__ -#endif - -/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ -#ifndef offsetof -# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) -#endif - -/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ - -/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ -extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; - -/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ -extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; - -/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ -__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock) - - -/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash - with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source - code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ - prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ -#ifdef _LIBC -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset -# ifndef strdup -# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) -# endif -#else -# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ -# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__ -#endif - -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, - const char **dirnamep, - const char **codesetp)); - -/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP - to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. - If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not - modified, only the current value is returned. - If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither - modified nor returned. */ -static void -set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) - const char *domainname; - const char **dirnamep; - const char **codesetp; -{ - struct binding *binding; - int modified; - - /* Some sanity checks. */ - if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') - { - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - return; - } - - __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); - - modified = 0; - - for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) - { - int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); - if (compare == 0) - /* We found it! */ - break; - if (compare < 0) - { - /* It is not in the list. */ - binding = NULL; - break; - } - } - - if (binding != NULL) - { - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *dirnamep = binding->dirname; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->dirname; - if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - else - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - } - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (binding->dirname); - - binding->dirname = result; - modified = 1; - } - } - *dirnamep = result; - } - } - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset == NULL) - /* The current binding has be to returned. */ - *codesetp = binding->codeset; - else - { - /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old - one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the - old binding. */ - char *result = binding->codeset; - if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) - { -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - - if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) - { - if (binding->codeset != NULL) - free (binding->codeset); - - binding->codeset = result; - binding->codeset_cntr++; - modified = 1; - } - } - *codesetp = result; - } - } - } - else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) - && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) - { - /* Simply return the default values. */ - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - else - { - /* We have to create a new binding. */ - size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; - struct binding *new_binding = - (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); - - if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) - goto failed; - - memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); - - if (dirnamep) - { - const char *dirname = *dirnamep; - - if (dirname == NULL) - /* The default value. */ - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) - dirname = _nl_default_dirname; - else - { - char *result; -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (dirname); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; -#else - size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_dirname; - memcpy (result, dirname, len); -#endif - dirname = result; - } - } - *dirnamep = dirname; - new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; - } - else - /* The default value. */ - new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; - - new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; - - if (codesetp) - { - const char *codeset = *codesetp; - - if (codeset != NULL) - { - char *result; - -#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP - result = strdup (codeset); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; -#else - size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; - result = (char *) malloc (len); - if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) - goto failed_codeset; - memcpy (result, codeset, len); -#endif - codeset = result; - new_binding->codeset_cntr++; - } - *codesetp = codeset; - new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; - } - else - new_binding->codeset = NULL; - - /* Now enqueue it. */ - if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL - || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) - { - new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; - _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; - } - else - { - binding = _nl_domain_bindings; - while (binding->next != NULL - && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) - binding = binding->next; - - new_binding->next = binding->next; - binding->next = new_binding; - } - - modified = 1; - - /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ - if (0) - { - failed_codeset: - if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) - free (new_binding->dirname); - failed_dirname: - free (new_binding); - failed: - if (dirnamep) - *dirnamep = NULL; - if (codesetp) - *codesetp = NULL; - } - } - - /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ - if (modified) - ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; - - __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); -} - -/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found - in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ -char * -BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); - return (char *) dirname; -} - -/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the - DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ -char * -BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; -{ - set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); - return (char *) codeset; -} - -#ifdef _LIBC -/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ -weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); -weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); -#endif -- cgit From f39b03d03da39c8a318fa0d30cf26aca09f37b14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Repo Admin Date: Tue, 9 Dec 2003 09:07:09 +0000 Subject: This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'GNUPG-1-9-BRANCH'. --- ABOUT-NLS | 625 +++++++++++++++++ doc/gpg.texi | 1806 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ intl/ChangeLog | 4 + intl/Makefile.in | 479 +++++++++++++ intl/VERSION | 1 + intl/bindtextdom.c | 374 ++++++++++ intl/config.charset | 467 +++++++++++++ intl/dcgettext.c | 59 ++ intl/dcigettext.c | 1238 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ intl/dcngettext.c | 60 ++ intl/dgettext.c | 59 ++ intl/dngettext.c | 61 ++ intl/eval-plural.h | 114 +++ intl/finddomain.c | 195 ++++++ intl/gettext.c | 64 ++ intl/gettextP.h | 224 ++++++ intl/gmo.h | 148 ++++ intl/hash-string.h | 59 ++ intl/intl-compat.c | 151 ++++ intl/l10nflist.c | 453 ++++++++++++ intl/libgnuintl.h.in | 309 +++++++++ intl/loadinfo.h | 156 +++++ intl/loadmsgcat.c | 1322 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ intl/localcharset.c | 398 +++++++++++ intl/localcharset.h | 42 ++ intl/localealias.c | 419 +++++++++++ intl/localename.c | 772 +++++++++++++++++++++ intl/log.c | 104 +++ intl/ngettext.c | 68 ++ intl/os2compat.c | 98 +++ intl/os2compat.h | 46 ++ intl/osdep.c | 24 + intl/plural-exp.c | 156 +++++ intl/plural-exp.h | 126 ++++ intl/plural.c | 1518 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ intl/plural.y | 409 +++++++++++ intl/relocatable.c | 439 ++++++++++++ intl/relocatable.h | 67 ++ intl/textdomain.c | 142 ++++ m4/codeset.m4 | 23 + m4/gettext.m4 | 415 +++++++++++ m4/glibc21.m4 | 32 + m4/iconv.m4 | 103 +++ m4/intdiv0.m4 | 72 ++ m4/inttypes-pri.m4 | 32 + m4/inttypes.m4 | 27 + m4/inttypes_h.m4 | 28 + m4/isc-posix.m4 | 26 + m4/lcmessage.m4 | 32 + m4/lib-ld.m4 | 110 +++ m4/lib-link.m4 | 551 +++++++++++++++ m4/lib-prefix.m4 | 155 +++++ m4/nls.m4 | 49 ++ m4/po.m4 | 197 ++++++ m4/progtest.m4 | 91 +++ m4/stdint_h.m4 | 28 + m4/uintmax_t.m4 | 32 + m4/ulonglong.m4 | 23 + po/LINGUAS | 18 + po/Makefile.in.in | 353 ++++++++++ po/Rules-quot | 42 ++ po/boldquot.sed | 10 + po/en@boldquot.header | 25 + po/en@quot.header | 22 + po/insert-header.sin | 23 + po/quot.sed | 6 + po/remove-potcdate.sed | 11 + po/remove-potcdate.sin | 19 + scripts/config.rpath | 548 +++++++++++++++ scripts/mkinstalldirs | 111 +++ tools/ChangeLog | 155 +++++ tools/Makefile.am | 33 + 72 files changed, 16658 insertions(+) create mode 100644 ABOUT-NLS create mode 100644 doc/gpg.texi create mode 100644 intl/ChangeLog create mode 100644 intl/Makefile.in create mode 100644 intl/VERSION create mode 100644 intl/bindtextdom.c create mode 100755 intl/config.charset create mode 100644 intl/dcgettext.c create mode 100644 intl/dcigettext.c create mode 100644 intl/dcngettext.c create mode 100644 intl/dgettext.c create mode 100644 intl/dngettext.c create mode 100644 intl/eval-plural.h create mode 100644 intl/finddomain.c create mode 100644 intl/gettext.c create mode 100644 intl/gettextP.h create mode 100644 intl/gmo.h create mode 100644 intl/hash-string.h create mode 100644 intl/intl-compat.c create mode 100644 intl/l10nflist.c create mode 100644 intl/libgnuintl.h.in create mode 100644 intl/loadinfo.h create mode 100644 intl/loadmsgcat.c create mode 100644 intl/localcharset.c create mode 100644 intl/localcharset.h create mode 100644 intl/localealias.c create mode 100644 intl/localename.c create mode 100644 intl/log.c create mode 100644 intl/ngettext.c create mode 100644 intl/os2compat.c create mode 100644 intl/os2compat.h create mode 100644 intl/osdep.c create mode 100644 intl/plural-exp.c create mode 100644 intl/plural-exp.h create mode 100644 intl/plural.c create mode 100644 intl/plural.y create mode 100644 intl/relocatable.c create mode 100644 intl/relocatable.h create mode 100644 intl/textdomain.c create mode 100644 m4/codeset.m4 create mode 100644 m4/gettext.m4 create mode 100644 m4/glibc21.m4 create mode 100644 m4/iconv.m4 create mode 100644 m4/intdiv0.m4 create mode 100644 m4/inttypes-pri.m4 create mode 100644 m4/inttypes.m4 create mode 100644 m4/inttypes_h.m4 create mode 100644 m4/isc-posix.m4 create mode 100644 m4/lcmessage.m4 create mode 100644 m4/lib-ld.m4 create mode 100644 m4/lib-link.m4 create mode 100644 m4/lib-prefix.m4 create mode 100644 m4/nls.m4 create mode 100644 m4/po.m4 create mode 100644 m4/progtest.m4 create mode 100644 m4/stdint_h.m4 create mode 100644 m4/uintmax_t.m4 create mode 100644 m4/ulonglong.m4 create mode 100644 po/LINGUAS create mode 100644 po/Makefile.in.in create mode 100644 po/Rules-quot create mode 100644 po/boldquot.sed create mode 100644 po/en@boldquot.header create mode 100644 po/en@quot.header create mode 100644 po/insert-header.sin create mode 100644 po/quot.sed create mode 100644 po/remove-potcdate.sed create mode 100644 po/remove-potcdate.sin create mode 100755 scripts/config.rpath create mode 100755 scripts/mkinstalldirs create mode 100644 tools/ChangeLog create mode 100644 tools/Makefile.am (limited to 'intl/bindtextdom.c') diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47d5e39f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/ABOUT-NLS @@ -0,0 +1,625 @@ +Notes on the Free Translation Project +************************************* + + Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project +is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all +together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. +A few packages already provide translations for their messages. + + If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may +assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, +itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ +need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using +this package with messages translated. + + Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also +explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the +available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and +work at translations should contact the appropriate team. + + When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be +related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of +`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the +`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. + +Quick configuration advice +========================== + + If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you +should configure it using + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this +package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the +operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only +the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as +many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic +charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. +It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top +of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will +very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea +to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. + + So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or +you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the +included `libintl'. + +INSTALL Matters +=============== + + Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the +programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. +Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own +ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. + + By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of +messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already +provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own +library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this +package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of +the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use +special options at configuration time for changing the default +behaviour. The commands: + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + ./configure --disable-nls + +will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the +internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, +_totally_ disable translation of messages. + + When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run +configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will +probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and +will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You +should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. +if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this +package is more recent, you should use + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to prevent auto-detection. + + The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function +and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an +emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the +extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. + + Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where +LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless +translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the +`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed +together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' +may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. +`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter +codes, stating which languages are allowed. + +Using This Package +================== + + As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you +only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate +`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, +and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's +suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell +prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), +`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). +This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for +all. + + You might think that the country code specification is redundant. +But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For +example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The +country code serves to distinguish the dialects. + + The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the +language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based +on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are +used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of +locales supported by your system for your country by running the command +`locale -a | grep '^LL''. + + Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an +English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you +understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. +This is done through a different environment variable, called +`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' +for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' +set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the +system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather +read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not +available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. + + In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' +environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' +to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent +to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' +(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. + +Translating Teams +================= + + For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested +people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also +able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. +Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of +teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams" +area. + + If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you +should become a member of the translating team for your own language. +The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has +`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a +message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: + + subscribe + + Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate +_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, +rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and +you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to +get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the +coordinator for all translator teams. + + The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing +the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than +programming skill, here. + +Available Packages +================== + + Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of May 2003. +The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO +files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a +translation percentage of at least 50%. + + Ready PO files am az be bg ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es + +-------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () | + anubis | | + ap-utils | | + bash | [] [] [] | + batchelor | | + bfd | [] [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] [] [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + darkstat | () [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] | + gas | [] | + gawk | [] [] [] [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] [] | + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] | + gliv | | + glunarclock | [] [] [] | + gnucash | () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] () [] | + gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] | + gpe-conf | [] | + gpe-contacts | [] | + gpe-edit | | + gpe-login | [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] | + gpe-timesheet | | + gpe-today | [] | + gpe-todo | [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () () | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | [] [] [] [] | + jwhois | [] | + kbd | [] [] [] [] [] | + ld | [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | [] () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | | + lingoteach_lessons | () () | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] | + make | [] [] [] | + man-db | [] () [] [] () | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | + nano | [] () [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + screem | | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sketch | [] () [] | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] | + tin | () () | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] | + xpad | | + +-------------------------------------------+ + am az be bg ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es + 0 1 4 2 31 17 54 60 14 1 4 12 56 + + et fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id it ja ko + +----------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] () () | + aegis | | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | [] | + bash | [] [] | + batchelor | [] | + bfd | [] [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] [] | + darkstat | () [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | | + enscript | [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] | + gas | [] | + gawk | [] [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext | [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] | + gimp-print | [] [] | + gliv | () | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | + gnucash | [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] | + gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] | + gpe-conf | | + gpe-contacts | [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] | + gpe-login | [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () [] () () | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | [] () | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] | + ld | [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | [] [] | + lingoteach_lessons | | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | | + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + man-db | [] () () | + mysecretdiary | [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + screem | | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + sketch | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | [] () | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + tin | [] () | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] | + vorbis-tools | [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] | + xpad | | + +----------------------------------------+ + et fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id it ja ko + 20 1 15 73 14 24 8 10 30 31 19 31 9 + + lg lt lv ms nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro + +----------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] () () () [] [] | + aegis | () | + anubis | [] [] | + ap-utils | () | + bash | [] | + batchelor | | + bfd | | + binutils | | + bison | [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] | + coreutils | [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + darkstat | [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | | + enscript | [] [] | + error | [] [] | + fetchmail | () () | + fileutils | [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] | + gcal | | + gcc | | + gettext | [] | + gettext-runtime | [] | + gettext-tools | | + gimp-print | [] | + gliv | [] | + glunarclock | [] | + gnucash | | + gnucash-glossary | [] [] | + gnupg | | + gpe-calendar | [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] | + gphoto2 | | + gprof | [] | + gpsdrive | () () () | + grep | [] [] [] [] | + gretl | | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] | + jpilot | () () | + jwhois | [] [] [] | + kbd | | + ld | | + libc | [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] | + lifelines | | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | | + lingoteach_lessons | | + lynx | [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | | + make | [] [] | + man-db | [] | + mysecretdiary | [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | | + recode | [] [] [] | + screem | | + sed | [] [] | + sh-utils | [] | + sharutils | [] | + sketch | [] | + soundtracker | | + sp | | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] | + textutils | [] | + tin | | + util-linux | [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] | + wastesedge | | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] | + xpad | [] | + +----------------------------------------+ + lg lt lv ms nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro + 0 0 2 11 7 26 3 4 18 15 34 34 + + ru sk sl sr sv ta tr uk vi wa zh_CN zh_TW + +-------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + aegis | () | 0 + anubis | [] [] | 5 + ap-utils | () | 1 + bash | [] | 7 + batchelor | | 1 + bfd | [] [] [] | 7 + binutils | [] [] [] | 7 + bison | [] [] | 13 + bluez-pin | | 7 + clisp | | 0 + clisp | | 5 + coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 14 + cpio | [] [] [] | 13 + darkstat | [] () () | 9 + diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 21 + e2fsprogs | [] | 3 + enscript | [] [] [] | 11 + error | [] [] [] | 14 + fetchmail | [] | 7 + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + flex | [] [] [] | 10 + gas | [] | 3 + gawk | [] [] | 9 + gcal | [] [] | 4 + gcc | [] | 4 + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + gettext-tools | [] [] | 5 + gimp-print | [] [] | 10 + gliv | | 1 + glunarclock | [] [] [] | 11 + gnucash | [] [] | 4 + gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8 + gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 16 + gpe-calendar | [] | 5 + gpe-conf | | 3 + gpe-contacts | [] | 4 + gpe-edit | [] | 5 + gpe-login | [] | 5 + gpe-ownerinfo | [] | 7 + gpe-sketchbook | [] | 5 + gpe-timesheet | [] | 6 + gpe-today | [] | 6 + gpe-todo | [] | 6 + gphoto2 | [] [] | 9 + gprof | [] [] | 7 + gpsdrive | [] [] | 3 + grep | [] [] [] [] | 24 + gretl | | 2 + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 33 + id-utils | [] [] [] | 11 + indent | [] [] [] [] | 19 + jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 10 + jwhois | () () [] [] | 10 + kbd | [] [] | 8 + ld | [] [] | 5 + libc | [] [] [] [] | 20 + libgpewidget | | 6 + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21 + lifelines | [] | 2 + lilypond | [] | 4 + lingoteach | | 2 + lingoteach_lessons | () | 0 + lynx | [] [] [] [] | 14 + m4 | [] [] [] | 15 + mailutils | | 2 + make | [] [] [] [] | 15 + man-db | [] | 6 + mysecretdiary | [] [] | 8 + nano | [] [] [] | 15 + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 15 + opcodes | [] [] | 9 + parted | [] [] | 13 + ptx | [] [] [] | 22 + python | | 0 + radius | | 0 + recode | [] [] [] [] | 19 + screem | [] | 1 + sed | [] [] [] [] [] | 20 + sh-utils | [] [] [] | 13 + sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 + sketch | [] | 5 + soundtracker | [] | 7 + sp | [] | 3 + tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13 + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + tin | | 1 + util-linux | [] [] | 14 + vorbis-tools | [] | 7 + wastesedge | | 0 + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 17 + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 25 + xchat | [] [] [] | 11 + xpad | | 1 + +-------------------------------------------+ + 50 teams ru sk sl sr sv ta tr uk vi wa zh_CN zh_TW + 97 domains 32 19 16 0 56 0 48 10 1 1 12 23 913 + + Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of +visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are +used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language +dialects. + + For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to +which it applies should also have been internationalized and +distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable +lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a +distribution. + + If May 2003 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of +this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date +matrix with full percentage details can be found at +`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. + +Using `gettext' in new packages +=============================== + + If you are writing a freely available program and want to +internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your +package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public +License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means +in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared +library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static +library or use modified versions of `libintl'. + + Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle +the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The +Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not +developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above +applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact +`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to +the translation teams. + diff --git a/doc/gpg.texi b/doc/gpg.texi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ed4f1f76 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/gpg.texi @@ -0,0 +1,1806 @@ +\input texinfo +@c This Texinfo document has been automatically generated by +@c docbook2texi from a DocBook documentation. The tool used +@c can be found at: +@c +@c Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, +@c patches, etc. to Steve Cheng . + +@setfilename gpg.info +@dircategory GnuPG +@direntry +* gpg: (gpg). GnuPG encryption and signing tool. +@end direntry + +@node top +@top gpg +@menu +@end menu + +@majorheading Name +gpg ---- encryption and signing tool + +@majorheading Synopsis + +@majorheading DESCRIPTION +@code{gpg} is the main program for the GnuPG system. + +This man page only lists the commands and options available. +For more verbose documentation get the GNU Privacy Handbook (GPH) or +one of the other documents at http://www.gnupg.org/docs.html . + +Please remember that option parsing stops as soon as a non option is +encountered, you can explicitly stop option parsing by using the +special option "---". + +@majorheading COMMANDS +@code{gpg} recognizes these commands: + +@table @asis +@item -s, ---sign +Make a signature. This command may be combined +with ---encrypt. + +@item ---clearsign +Make a clear text signature. + +@item -b, ---detach-sign +Make a detached signature. + +@item -e, ---encrypt +Encrypt data. This option may be combined with ---sign. + +@item -c, ---symmetric +Encrypt with a symmetric cipher using a passphrase. The default +symmetric cipher used is CAST5, but may be chosen with the +---cipher-algo option. + +@item ---store +Store only (make a simple RFC1991 packet). + +@item ---decrypt @code{file} +Decrypt @code{file} (or stdin if no file is specified) and +write it to stdout (or the file specified with +---output). If the decrypted file is signed, the +signature is also verified. This command differs +from the default operation, as it never writes to the +filename which is included in the file and it +rejects files which don't begin with an encrypted +message. + +@item ---verify @code{sigfile} @code{signed-files} +Assume that @code{sigfile} is a signature and verify it +without generating any output. With no arguments, +the signature packet is read from stdin. If +only a sigfile is given, it may be a complete +signature or a detached signature, in which case +the signed stuff is expected in a file without the +".sig" or ".asc" extension. +With more than +1 argument, the first should be a detached signature +and the remaining files are the signed stuff. To read the signed +stuff from stdin, use @samp{-} as the second filename. +For security reasons a detached signature cannot read the signed +material from stdin without denoting it in the above way. + +@item ---verify-files @code{files} +This is a special version of the ---verify command which does not work with +detached signatures. The command expects the files to be verified either +on the command line or reads the filenames from stdin; each name must be on +separate line. The command is intended for quick checking of many files. + +@item ---encrypt-files @code{files} +This is a special version of the ---encrypt command. The command expects +the files to be encrypted either on the command line or reads the filenames +from stdin; each name must be on separate line. The command is intended +for a quick encryption of multiple files. + +@item ---decrypt-files @code{files} +The same as ---encrypt-files with the difference that files will be +decrypted. The syntax or the filenames is the same. + +@item ---list-keys @code{names} +@itemx ---list-public-keys @code{names} +List all keys from the public keyrings, or just the ones given on the +command line. + +Avoid using the output of this command in scripts or other programs as +it is likely to change as GnuPG changes. See ---with-colons for a +machine-parseable key listing command that is appropriate for use in +scripts and other programs. + +@item ---list-secret-keys @code{names} +List all keys from the secret keyrings, or just the ones given on the +command line. A '#' after the letters 'sec' means that the secret key +is not usable (for example, if it was created via +---export-secret-subkeys). + +@item ---list-sigs @code{names} +Same as ---list-keys, but the signatures are listed too. + +For each signature listed, there are several flags in between the +"sig" tag and keyid. These flags give additional information about +each signature. From left to right, they are the numbers 1-3 for +certificate check level (see ---default-cert-check-level), "L" for a +local or non-exportable signature (see ---lsign-key), "R" for a +nonRevocable signature (see ---nrsign-key), "P" for a signature that +contains a policy URL (see ---cert-policy-url), "N" for a signature +that contains a notation (see ---cert-notation), "X" for an eXpired +signature (see ---ask-cert-expire), and the numbers 1-9 or "T" for 10 +and above to indicate trust signature levels (see the ---edit-key +command "tsign"). + +@item ---check-sigs @code{names} +Same as ---list-sigs, but the signatures are verified. + +@item ---fingerprint @code{names} +List all keys with their fingerprints. This is the +same output as ---list-keys but with the additional output +of a line with the fingerprint. May also be combined +with ---list-sigs or --check-sigs. +If this command is given twice, the fingerprints of all +secondary keys are listed too. + +@item ---list-packets +List only the sequence of packets. This is mainly +useful for debugging. + +@item ---gen-key +Generate a new key pair. This command is normally only used +interactively. + +There is an experimental feature which allows you to create keys +in batch mode. See the file @file{doc/DETAILS} +in the source distribution on how to use this. + +@item ---edit-key @code{name} +Present a menu which enables you to do all key +related tasks: + +@table @asis +@item sign +Make a signature on key of user @code{name} +If the key is not yet signed by the default +user (or the users given with -u), the +program displays the information of the key +again, together with its fingerprint and +asks whether it should be signed. This +question is repeated for all users specified +with -u. + +@item lsign +Same as ---sign but the signature is marked as +non-exportable and will therefore never be used +by others. This may be used to make keys valid +only in the local environment. + +@item nrsign +Same as ---sign but the signature is marked as non-revocable and can +therefore never be revoked. + +@item nrlsign +Combines the functionality of nrsign and lsign to make a signature +that is both non-revocable and +non-exportable. + +@item tsign +Make a trust signature. This is a signature that combines the notions +of certification (like a regular signature), and trust (like the +"trust" command). It is generally only useful in distinct communities +or groups. + +@item revsig +Revoke a signature. For every signature which has been generated by +one of the secret keys, GnuPG asks whether a revocation certificate +should be generated. + +@item trust +Change the owner trust value. This updates the +trust-db immediately and no save is required. + +@item disable +@itemx enable +Disable or enable an entire key. A disabled key can not normally be +used for encryption. + +@item adduid +Create an alternate user id. + +@item addphoto +Create a photographic user id. This will prompt for a JPEG file that +will be embedded into the user ID. A very large JPEG will make for a +very large key. + +@item deluid +Delete a user id. + +@item revuid +Revoke a user id. + +@item addkey +Add a subkey to this key. + +@item delkey +Remove a subkey. + +@item addrevoker +Add a designated revoker. This takes one optional argument: +"sensitive". If a designated revoker is marked as sensitive, it will +not be exported by default (see +export-options). + +@item revkey +Revoke a subkey. + +@item expire +Change the key expiration time. If a subkey is selected, the +expiration time of this subkey will be changed. With no selection, +the key expiration of the primary key is changed. + +@item passwd +Change the passphrase of the secret key. + +@item primary +Flag the current user id as the primary one, removes the primary user +id flag from all other user ids and sets the timestamp of all affected +self-signatures one second ahead. Note that setting a photo user ID +as primary makes it primary over other photo user IDs, and setting a +regular user ID as primary makes it primary over other regular user +IDs. + +@item uid @code{n} +Toggle selection of user id with index @code{n}. +Use 0 to deselect all. + +@item key @code{n} +Toggle selection of subkey with index @code{n}. +Use 0 to deselect all. + +@item check +Check all selected user ids. + +@item showphoto +Display the selected photographic user +id. + +@item pref +List preferences from the selected user ID. This shows the actual +preferences, without including any implied preferences. + +@item showpref +More verbose preferences listing for the selected user ID. This shows +the preferences in effect by including the implied preferences of +3DES (cipher), SHA-1 (digest), and Uncompressed (compression) if they +are not already included in the preference list. + +@item setpref @code{string} +Set the list of user ID preferences to @code{string}, this should be a +string similar to the one printed by "pref". Using an empty string +will set the default preference string, using "none" will set the +preferences to nil. Use "gpg ---version" to get a list of available +algorithms. This command just initializes an internal list and does +not change anything unless another command (such as "updpref") which +changes the self-signatures is used. + +@item updpref +Change the preferences of all user IDs (or just of the selected ones +to the current list of preferences. The timestamp of all affected +self-signatures will be advanced by one second. Note that while you +can change the preferences on an attribute user ID (aka "photo ID"), +GnuPG does not select keys via attribute user IDs so these preferences +will not be used by GnuPG. + +@item toggle +Toggle between public and secret key listing. + +@item save +Save all changes to the key rings and quit. + +@item quit +Quit the program without updating the +key rings. + +@end table + +The listing shows you the key with its secondary +keys and all user ids. Selected keys or user ids +are indicated by an asterisk. The trust value is +displayed with the primary key: the first is the +assigned owner trust and the second is the calculated +trust value. Letters are used for the values: + +@table @asis +@item - +No ownertrust assigned / not yet calculated. + +@item e +Trust +calculation has failed; probably due to an expired key. + +@item q +Not enough information for calculation. + +@item n +Never trust this key. + +@item m +Marginally trusted. + +@item f +Fully trusted. + +@item u +Ultimately trusted. + +@end table + +@item ---sign-key @code{name} +Signs a public key with your secret key. This is a shortcut version of +the subcommand "sign" from ---edit. + +@item ---lsign-key @code{name} +Signs a public key with your secret key but marks it as +non-exportable. This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "lsign" +from ---edit. + +@item ---nrsign-key @code{name} +Signs a public key with your secret key but marks it as non-revocable. +This is a shortcut version of the subcommand "nrsign" from ---edit. + +@item ---delete-key @code{name} +Remove key from the public keyring. In batch mode either ---yes is +required or the key must be specified by fingerprint. This is a +safeguard against accidental deletion of multiple keys. + +@item ---delete-secret-key @code{name} +Remove key from the secret and public keyring. In batch mode the key +must be specified by fingerprint. + +@item ---delete-secret-and-public-key @code{name} +Same as ---delete-key, but if a secret key exists, it will be removed +first. In batch mode the key must be specified by fingerprint. + +@item ---gen-revoke +Generate a revocation certificate for the complete key. To revoke +a subkey or a signature, use the ---edit command. + +@item ---desig-revoke +Generate a designated revocation certificate for a key. This allows a +user (with the permission of the keyholder) to revoke someone else's +key. + +@item ---export @code{names} +Either export all keys from all keyrings (default +keyrings and those registered via option ---keyring), +or if at least one name is given, those of the given +name. The new keyring is written to stdout or to +the file given with option "output". Use together +with ---armor to mail those keys. + +@item ---send-keys @code{names} +Same as ---export but sends the keys to a keyserver. +Option ---keyserver must be used to give the name +of this keyserver. Don't send your complete keyring +to a keyserver - select only those keys which are new +or changed by you. + +@item ---export-all @code{names} +Same as ---export, but also exports keys which +are not compatible with OpenPGP. + +@item ---export-secret-keys @code{names} +@itemx ---export-secret-subkeys @code{names} +Same as ---export, but exports the secret keys instead. +This is normally not very useful and a security risk. +The second form of the command has the special property to +render the secret part of the primary key useless; this is +a GNU extension to OpenPGP and other implementations can +not be expected to successfully import such a key. +See the option ---simple-sk-checksum if you want to import such an +exported key with an older OpenPGP implementation. + +@item ---import @code{files} +@itemx ---fast-import @code{files} +Import/merge keys. This adds the given keys to the +keyring. The fast version is currently just a synonym. + +There are a few other options which control how this command works. +Most notable here is the ---merge-only option which does not insert new keys +but does only the merging of new signatures, user-IDs and subkeys. + +@item ---recv-keys @code{key IDs} +Import the keys with the given key IDs from a keyserver. Option +---keyserver must be used to give the name of this keyserver. + +@item ---refresh-keys @code{key IDs} +Request updates from a keyserver for keys that already exist on the +local keyring. This is useful for updating a key with the latest +signatures, user IDs, etc. Option ---keyserver must be used to give +the name of this keyserver. + +@item ---search-keys @code{names} +Search the keyserver for the given names. Multiple names given here +will be joined together to create the search string for the keyserver. +Option ---keyserver must be used to give the name of this keyserver. + +@item ---update-trustdb +Do trust database maintenance. This command iterates over all keys +and builds the Web-of-Trust. This is an interactive command because it +may have to ask for the "ownertrust" values for keys. The user has to +give an estimation of how far she trusts the owner of the displayed +key to correctly certify (sign) other keys. GnuPG only asks for the +ownertrust value if it has not yet been assigned to a key. Using the +---edit-key menu, the assigned value can be changed at any time. + +@item ---check-trustdb +Do trust database maintenance without user interaction. From time to +time the trust database must be updated so that expired keys or +signatures and the resulting changes in the Web-of-Trust can be +tracked. Normally, GnuPG will calculate when this is required and do +it automatically unless ---no-auto-check-trustdb is set. This command +can be used to force a trust database check at any time. The +processing is identical to that of ---update-trustdb but it skips keys +with a not yet defined "ownertrust". + +For use with cron jobs, this command can be used together with ---batch +in which case the trust database check is done only if a check is +needed. To force a run even in batch mode add the option ---yes. + +@item ---export-ownertrust +Send the ownertrust values to stdout. This is useful for backup +purposes as these values are the only ones which can't be re-created +from a corrupted trust DB. + +@item ---import-ownertrust @code{files} +Update the trustdb with the ownertrust values stored +in @code{files} (or stdin if not given); existing +values will be overwritten. + +@item ---rebuild-keydb-caches +When updating from version 1.0.6 to 1.0.7 this command should be used +to create signature caches in the keyring. It might be handy in other +situations too. + +@item ---print-md @code{algo} @code{files} +@itemx ---print-mds @code{files} +Print message digest of algorithm ALGO for all given files or stdin. +With the second form (or a deprecated "*" as algo) digests for all +available algorithms are printed. + +@item ---gen-random @code{0|1|2} @code{count} +Emit COUNT random bytes of the given quality level. If count is not given +or zero, an endless sequence of random bytes will be emitted. +PLEASE, don't use this command unless you know what you are doing; it may +remove precious entropy from the system! + +@item ---gen-prime @code{mode} @code{bits} @code{qbits} +Use the source, Luke :-). The output format is still subject to change. + +@item ---version +Print version information along with a list +of supported algorithms. + +@item ---warranty +Print warranty information. + +@item -h, ---help +Print usage information. This is a really long list even though it +doesn't list all options. For every option, consult this manual. + +@end table + +@majorheading OPTIONS +Long options can be put in an options file (default +"~/.gnupg/gpg.conf"). Short option names will not work - for example, +"armor" is a valid option for the options file, while "a" is not. Do +not write the 2 dashes, but simply the name of the option and any +required arguments. Lines with a hash ('#') as the first +non-white-space character are ignored. Commands may be put in this +file too, but that is not generally useful as the command will execute +automatically with every execution of gpg. + +@code{gpg} recognizes these options: + +@table @asis +@item -a, ---armor +Create ASCII armored output. + +@item -o, ---output @code{file} +Write output to @code{file}. + +@item ---mangle-dos-filenames +@itemx ---no-mangle-dos-filenames +Older version of Windows cannot handle filenames with more than one +dot. ---mangle-dos-filenames causes GnuPG to replace (rather than add +to) the extension of an output filename to avoid this problem. This +option is off by default and has no effect on non-Windows platforms. + +@item -u, ---local-user @code{name} +Use @code{name} as the user ID to sign. +This option is silently ignored for the list commands, +so that it can be used in an options file. + +@item ---default-key @code{name} +Use @code{name} as default user ID for signatures. If this +is not used the default user ID is the first user ID +found in the secret keyring. + +@item -r, ---recipient @code{name} +@itemx +Encrypt for user id @code{name}. If this option or ---hidden-recipient +is not specified, GnuPG asks for the user-id unless +---default-recipient is given. + +@item -R, ---hidden-recipient @code{name} +@itemx +Encrypt for user id @code{name}, but hide the keyid of the key. This +option hides the receiver of the message and is a countermeasure +against traffic analysis. If this option or ---recipient is not +specified, GnuPG asks for the user-id unless ---default-recipient is +given. + +@item ---default-recipient @code{name} +Use @code{name} as default recipient if option ---recipient is not used and +don't ask if this is a valid one. @code{name} must be non-empty. + +@item ---default-recipient-self +Use the default key as default recipient if option ---recipient is not used and +don't ask if this is a valid one. The default key is the first one from the +secret keyring or the one set with ---default-key. + +@item ---no-default-recipient +Reset ---default-recipient and --default-recipient-self. + +@item ---encrypt-to @code{name} +Same as ---recipient but this one is intended for use +in the options file and may be used with +your own user-id as an "encrypt-to-self". These keys +are only used when there are other recipients given +either by use of ---recipient or by the asked user id. +No trust checking is performed for these user ids and +even disabled keys can be used. + +@item ---hidden-encrypt-to @code{name} +Same as ---hidden-recipient but this one is intended for use in the +options file and may be used with your own user-id as a hidden +"encrypt-to-self". These keys are only used when there are other +recipients given either by use of ---recipient or by the asked user id. +No trust checking is performed for these user ids and even disabled +keys can be used. + +@item ---no-encrypt-to +Disable the use of all ---encrypt-to and --hidden-encrypt-to keys. + +@item -v, ---verbose +Give more information during processing. If used +twice, the input data is listed in detail. + +@item -q, ---quiet +Try to be as quiet as possible. + +@item -z @code{n}, ---compress @code{n} +Set compression level to @code{n}. A value of 0 for @code{n} +disables compression. Default is to use the default +compression level of zlib (normally 6). + +@item -t, ---textmode +@itemx ---no-textmode +Use canonical text mode. ---no-textmode disables this option. If -t +(but not ---textmode) is used together with armoring and signing, this +enables clearsigned messages. This kludge is needed for command-line +compatibility with command-line versions of PGP; normally you would +use ---sign or --clearsign to select the type of the signature. + +@item -n, ---dry-run +Don't make any changes (this is not completely implemented). + +@item -i, ---interactive +Prompt before overwriting any files. + +@item ---batch +@itemx ---no-batch +Use batch mode. Never ask, do not allow interactive commands. +---no-batch disables this option. + +@item ---no-tty +Make sure that the TTY (terminal) is never used for any output. +This option is needed in some cases because GnuPG sometimes prints +warnings to the TTY if ---batch is used. + +@item ---yes +Assume "yes" on most questions. + +@item ---no +Assume "no" on most questions. + +@item ---default-cert-check-level @code{n} +The default to use for the check level when signing a key. + +0 means you make no particular claim as to how carefully you verified +the key. + +1 means you believe the key is owned by the person who claims to own +it but you could not, or did not verify the key at all. This is +useful for a "persona" verification, where you sign the key of a +pseudonymous user. + +2 means you did casual verification of the key. For example, this +could mean that you verified that the key fingerprint and checked the +user ID on the key against a photo ID. + +3 means you did extensive verification of the key. For example, this +could mean that you verified the key fingerprint with the owner of the +key in person, and that you checked, by means of a hard to forge +document with a photo ID (such as a passport) that the name of the key +owner matches the name in the user ID on the key, and finally that you +verified (by exchange of email) that the email address on the key +belongs to the key owner. + +Note that the examples given above for levels 2 and 3 are just that: +examples. In the end, it is up to you to decide just what "casual" +and "extensive" mean to you. + +This option defaults to 0. + +@item ---trusted-key @code{long key ID} +Assume that the specified key (which must be given +as a full 8 byte key ID) is as trustworthy as one of +your own secret keys. This option is useful if you +don't want to keep your secret keys (or one of them) +online but still want to be able to check the validity of a given +recipient's or signator's key. + +@item ---trust-model @code{pgp|classic|always} +Set what trust model GnuPG should follow. The models are: + +@table @asis +@item pgp +This is the web-of-trust combined with trust signatures as used in PGP +5.x and later. This is the default trust model. + +@item classic +This is the standard web-of-trust as used in PGP 2.x and earlier. + +@item always +Skip key validation and assume that used keys are always fully +trusted. You won't use this unless you have installed some external +validation scheme. This option also suppresses the "[uncertain]" tag +printed with signature checks when there is no evidence that the user +ID is bound to the key. + +@end table + +@item ---always-trust +Identical to `---trust-model always' + +@item ---keyserver @code{name} +Use @code{name} as your keyserver. This is the server that ---recv-keys, +---send-keys, and --search-keys will communicate with to receive keys +from, send keys to, and search for keys on. The format of the +@code{name} is a URI: `scheme:[//]keyservername[:port]' The scheme is +the type of keyserver: "hkp" for the Horowitz (or compatible) +keyservers, "ldap" for the NAI LDAP keyserver, or "mailto" for the +Horowitz email keyserver. Note that your particular installation of +GnuPG may have other keyserver types available as well. Keyserver +schemes are case-insensitive. + +Most keyservers synchronize with each other, so there is generally no +need to send keys to more than one server. Using the command "host -l +pgp.net | grep wwwkeys" gives you a list of HKP keyservers. When +using one of the wwwkeys servers, due to load balancing using +round-robin DNS you may notice that you get a different key server +each time. + +@item ---keyserver-options @code{parameters} +This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for the +keyserver. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the opposite +meaning. Valid import-options or export-options may be used here as +well to apply to importing (---recv-key) or exporting (--send-key) a +key from a keyserver. While not all options are available for all +keyserver types, some common options are: + +@table @asis +@item include-revoked +When searching for a key with ---search-keys, include keys that are +marked on the keyserver as revoked. Note that this option is always +set when using the NAI HKP keyserver, as this keyserver does not +differentiate between revoked and unrevoked keys. + +@item include-disabled +When searching for a key with ---search-keys, include keys that are +marked on the keyserver as disabled. Note that this option is not +used with HKP keyservers. + +@item include-subkeys +When receiving a key, include subkeys as potential targets. Note that +this option is not used with HKP keyservers, as they do not support +retrieving keys by subkey id. + +@item use-temp-files +On most Unix-like platforms, GnuPG communicates with the keyserver +helper program via pipes, which is the most efficient method. This +option forces GnuPG to use temporary files to communicate. On some +platforms (such as Win32 and RISC OS), this option is always enabled. + +@item keep-temp-files +If using `use-temp-files', do not delete the temp files after using +them. This option is useful to learn the keyserver communication +protocol by reading the temporary files. + +@item verbose +Tell the keyserver helper program to be more verbose. This option can +be repeated multiple times to increase the verbosity level. + +@item honor-http-proxy +For keyserver schemes that use HTTP (such as HKP), try to access the +keyserver over the proxy set with the environment variable +"http_proxy". + +@item auto-key-retrieve +This option enables the automatic retrieving of keys from a keyserver +when verifying signatures made by keys that are not on the local +keyring. + +Note that this option makes a "web bug" like behavior possible. +Keyserver operators can see which keys you request, so by sending you +a message signed by a brand new key (which you naturally will not have +on your local keyring), the operator can tell both your IP address and +the time when you verified the signature. + +@end table + +@item ---import-options @code{parameters} +This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for +importing keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the +opposite meaning. The options are: + +@table @asis +@item allow-local-sigs +Allow importing key signatures marked as "local". This is not +generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used. +Defaults to no. + +@item repair-pks-subkey-bug +During import, attempt to repair the damage caused by the PKS +keyserver bug (pre version 0.9.6) that mangles keys with multiple +subkeys. Note that this cannot completely repair the damaged key as +some crucial data is removed by the keyserver, but it does at least +give you back one subkey. Defaults to no for regular ---import and to +yes for keyserver ---recv-keys. + +@end table + +@item ---export-options @code{parameters} +This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options for +exporting keys. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the +opposite meaning. The options are: + +@table @asis +@item include-non-rfc +Include non-RFC compliant keys in the export. Defaults to yes. + +@item include-local-sigs +Allow exporting key signatures marked as "local". This is not +generally useful unless a shared keyring scheme is being used. +Defaults to no. + +@item include-attributes +Include attribute user IDs (photo IDs) while exporting. This is +useful to export keys if they are going to be used by an OpenPGP +program that does not accept attribute user IDs. Defaults to yes. + +@item include-sensitive-revkeys +Include designated revoker information that was marked as +"sensitive". Defaults to no. + +@end table + +@item ---list-options @code{parameters} +This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when +listing keys and signatures (that is, ---list-keys, --list-sigs, +---list-public-keys, --list-secret-keys, and the --edit-key functions). +Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give the opposite meaning. +The options are: + +@table @asis +@item show-photos +Causes ---list-keys, --list-sigs, --list-public-keys, and +---list-secret-keys to display any photo IDs attached to the key. +Defaults to no. See also ---photo-viewer. + +@item show-policy-url +Show policy URLs in the ---list-sigs or --check-sigs listings. +Defaults to no. + +@item show-notation +Show signature notations in the ---list-sigs or --check-sigs listings. +Defaults to no. + +@item show-keyserver-url +Show any preferred keyserver URL in the ---list-sigs or --check-sigs +listings. Defaults to no. + +@item show-validity +Display the calculated validity of keys and user IDs during key +listings. Defaults to no. + +@item show-long-keyid +Display all 64 bits (16 digits) of key IDs during key listings, rather +than the more common 32 bit (8 digit) IDs. Defaults to no. + +@item show-unusable-uids +Show revoked and expired user IDs in key listings. Defaults to no. + +@item show-keyring +Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which +keyring a given key resides on. Defaults to no. + +@item show-sig-expire +Show signature expiration dates (if any) during ---list-sigs or +---check-sigs listings. Defaults to no. + +@end table + +@item ---verify-options @code{parameters} +This is a space or comma delimited string that gives options used when +verifying signatures. Options can be prepended with a `no-' to give +the opposite meaning. The options are: + +@table @asis +@item show-photos +Display any photo IDs present on the key that issued the signature. +Defaults to no. See also ---photo-viewer. + +@item show-policy-url +Show policy URLs in the signature being verified. Defaults to no. + +@item show-notation +Show signature notations in the signature being verified. Defaults to +no. + +@item show-keyserver-url +Show any preferred keyserver URL in the signature being verified. +Defaults to no. + +@item show-validity +Display the calculated validity of the user IDs on the key that issued +the signature. Defaults to no. + +@item show-long-keyid +Display all 64 bits (16 digits) of key IDs during signature +verification, rather than the more common 32 bit (8 digit) IDs. +Defaults to no. + +@item show-unusable-uids +Show revoked and expired user IDs during signature verification. +Defaults to no. + +@end table + +@item ---show-photos +@itemx ---no-show-photos +Causes ---list-keys, --list-sigs, --list-public-keys, +---list-secret-keys, and verifying a signature to also display the +photo ID attached to the key, if any. See also ---photo-viewer. These +options are deprecated. Use `---list-options [no-]show-photos' and/or +`---verify-options [no-]show-photos' instead. + +@item ---photo-viewer @code{string} +This is the command line that should be run to view a photo ID. "%i" +will be expanded to a filename containing the photo. "%I" does the +same, except the file will not be deleted once the viewer exits. +Other flags are "%k" for the key ID, "%K" for the long key ID, "%f" +for the key fingerprint, "%t" for the extension of the image type +(e.g. "jpg"), "%T" for the MIME type of the image (e.g. "image/jpeg"), +and "%%" for an actual percent sign. If neither %i or %I are present, +then the photo will be supplied to the viewer on standard input. + +The default viewer is "xloadimage -fork -quiet -title 'KeyID 0x%k' +stdin". Note that if your image viewer program is not secure, then +executing it from GnuPG does not make it secure. + +@item ---exec-path @code{string} +Sets a list of directories to search for photo viewers and keyserver +helpers. If not provided, keyserver helpers use the compiled-in +default directory, and photo viewers use the $PATH environment +variable. + +@item ---show-keyring +Display the keyring name at the head of key listings to show which +keyring a given key resides on. This option is deprecated: use +`---list-options [no-]show-keyring' instead. + +@item ---keyring @code{file} +Add @code{file} to the list of keyrings. If @code{file} begins with a +tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the HOME directory. If the +filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the GnuPG +home directory ("~/.gnupg" if ---homedir is not used). The filename +may be prefixed with a scheme: + +"gnupg-ring:" is the default one. + +It might make sense to use it together with ---no-default-keyring. + +@item ---secret-keyring @code{file} +Same as ---keyring but for the secret keyrings. + +@item ---primary-keyring @code{file} +Designate @code{file} as the primary public keyring. This means that +newly imported keys (via ---import or keyserver --recv-from) will go to +this keyring. + +@item ---trustdb-name @code{file} +Use @code{file} instead of the default trustdb. If @code{file} begins +with a tilde and a slash, these are replaced by the HOME directory. If +the filename does not contain a slash, it is assumed to be in the +GnuPG home directory ("~/.gnupg" if ---homedir is not used). + +@item ---homedir @code{directory} +Set the name of the home directory to @code{directory} If this +option is not used it defaults to "~/.gnupg". It does +not make sense to use this in a options file. This +also overrides the environment variable "GNUPGHOME". + +@item ---charset @code{name} +Set the name of the native character set. This is used +to convert some strings to proper UTF-8 encoding. If this option is not used, the default character set is determined +from the current locale. A verbosity level of 3 shows the used one. +Valid values for @code{name} are: + +@table @asis +@item iso-8859-1 +This is the Latin 1 set. + +@item iso-8859-2 +The Latin 2 set. + +@item iso-8859-15 +This is currently an alias for +the Latin 1 set. + +@item koi8-r +The usual Russian set (rfc1489). + +@item utf-8 +Bypass all translations and assume +that the OS uses native UTF-8 encoding. + +@end table + +@item ---utf8-strings +@itemx ---no-utf8-strings +Assume that the arguments are already given as UTF8 strings. The default +(---no-utf8-strings) +is to assume that arguments are encoded in the character set as specified +by ---charset. These options affect all following arguments. Both options may +be used multiple times. + +@item ---options @code{file} +Read options from @code{file} and do not try to read +them from the default options file in the homedir +(see ---homedir). This option is ignored if used +in an options file. + +@item ---no-options +Shortcut for "---options /dev/null". This option is +detected before an attempt to open an option file. +Using this option will also prevent the creation of a +"~./gnupg" homedir. + +@item ---load-extension @code{name} +Load an extension module. If @code{name} does not contain a slash it is +searched for in the directory configured when GnuPG was built +(generally "/usr/local/lib/gnupg"). Extensions are not generally +useful anymore, and the use of this option is deprecated. + +@item ---debug @code{flags} +Set debugging flags. All flags are or-ed and @code{flags} may +be given in C syntax (e.g. 0x0042). + +@item ---debug-all +Set all useful debugging flags. + +@item ---enable-progress-filter +Enable certain PROGRESS status outputs. This option allows frontends +to display a progress indicator while gpg is processing larger files. +There is a slight performance overhead using it. + +@item ---status-fd @code{n} +Write special status strings to the file descriptor @code{n}. +See the file DETAILS in the documentation for a listing of them. + +@item ---logger-fd @code{n} +Write log output to file descriptor @code{n} and not to stderr. + +@item ---attribute-fd @code{n} +Write attribute subpackets to the file descriptor @code{n}. This is +most useful for use with ---status-fd, since the status messages are +needed to separate out the various subpackets from the stream +delivered to the file descriptor. + +@item ---sk-comments +@itemx ---no-sk-comments +Include secret key comment packets when exporting secret keys. This +is a GnuPG extension to the OpenPGP standard, and is off by default. +Please note that this has nothing to do with the comments in clear +text signatures or armor headers. ---no-sk-comments disables this +option. + +@item ---comment @code{string} +@itemx ---no-comments +Use @code{string} as a comment string in clear text signatures and +ASCII armored messages or keys (see ---armor). The default behavior is +not to use a comment string. ---comment may be repeated multiple times +to get multiple comment strings. ---no-comments removes all comments. + +@item ---emit-version +@itemx ---no-emit-version +Force inclusion of the version string in ASCII armored output. +---no-emit-version disables this option. + +@item ---sig-notation @code{name=value} +@itemx ---cert-notation @code{name=value} +@itemx -N, ---set-notation @code{name=value} +Put the name value pair into the signature as notation data. +@code{name} must consist only of printable characters or spaces, and +must contain a '@@' character. This is to help prevent pollution of +the IETF reserved notation namespace. The ---expert flag overrides the +'@@' check. @code{value} may be any printable string; it will be +encoded in UTF8, so you should check that your ---charset is set +correctly. If you prefix @code{name} with an exclamation mark, the +notation data will be flagged as critical (rfc2440:5.2.3.15). +---sig-notation sets a notation for data signatures. --cert-notation +sets a notation for key signatures (certifications). ---set-notation +sets both. + +There are special codes that may be used in notation names. "%k" will +be expanded into the key ID of the key being signed, "%K" into the +long key ID of the key being signed, "%f" into the fingerprint of the +key being signed, "%s" into the key ID of the key making the +signature, "%S" into the long key ID of the key making the signature, +"%g" into the fingerprint of the key making the signature (which might +be a subkey), "%p" into the fingerprint of the primary key of the key +making the signature, and "%%" results in a single "%". %k, %K, and +%f are only meaningful when making a key signature (certification). + +@item ---show-notation +@itemx ---no-show-notation +Show signature notations in the ---list-sigs or --check-sigs listings +as well as when verifying a signature with a notation in it. These +options are deprecated. Use `---list-options [no-]show-notation' +and/or `---verify-options [no-]show-notation' instead. + +@item ---sig-policy-url @code{string} +@itemx ---cert-policy-url @code{string} +@itemx ---set-policy-url @code{string} +Use @code{string} as a Policy URL for signatures (rfc2440:5.2.3.19). +If you prefix it with an exclamation mark, the policy URL packet will +be flagged as critical. ---sig-policy-url sets a a policy url for data +signatures. ---cert-policy-url sets a policy url for key signatures +(certifications). ---set-policy-url sets both. + +The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well. + +@item ---show-policy-url +@itemx ---no-show-policy-url +Show policy URLs in the ---list-sigs or --check-sigs listings as well +as when verifying a signature with a policy URL in it. These options +are deprecated. Use `---list-options [no-]show-policy-url' and/or +`---verify-options [no-]show-policy-url' instead. + +@item ---sig-keyserver-url @code{string} +Use @code{string} as a preferred keyserver URL for data signatures. If +you prefix it with an exclamation mark, the keyserver URL packet will +be flagged as critical. + +The same %-expandos used for notation data are available here as well. + +@item ---set-filename @code{string} +Use @code{string} as the filename which is stored inside messages. +This overrides the default, which is to use the actual filename of the +file being encrypted. + +@item ---for-your-eyes-only +@itemx ---no-for-your-eyes-only +Set the `for your eyes only' flag in the message. This causes GnuPG +to refuse to save the file unless the ---output option is given, and +PGP to use the "secure viewer" with a Tempest-resistant font to +display the message. This option overrides ---set-filename. +---no-for-your-eyes-only disables this option. + +@item ---use-embedded-filename +Try to create a file with a name as embedded in the data. +This can be a dangerous option as it allows to overwrite files. + +@item ---completes-needed @code{n} +Number of completely trusted users to introduce a new +key signer (defaults to 1). + +@item ---marginals-needed @code{n} +Number of marginally trusted users to introduce a new +key signer (defaults to 3) + +@item ---max-cert-depth @code{n} +Maximum depth of a certification chain (default is 5). + +@item ---cipher-algo @code{name} +Use @code{name} as cipher algorithm. Running the program +with the command ---version yields a list of supported +algorithms. If this is not used the cipher algorithm is +selected from the preferences stored with the key. + +@item ---digest-algo @code{name} +Use @code{name} as the message digest algorithm. Running the program +with the command ---version yields a list of supported algorithms. + +@item ---compress-algo @code{name} +Use compression algorithm @code{name}. "zlib" is RFC1950 ZLIB +compression. "zip" is RFC-1951 ZIP compression which is used by PGP. +"uncompressed" or "none" disables compression. If this option is not +used, the default behavior is to examine the recipient key preferences +to see which algorithms the recipient supports. If all else fails, +ZIP is used for maximum compatibility. Note, however, that ZLIB may +give better compression results if that is more important, as the +compression window size is not limited to 8k. + +@item ---cert-digest-algo @code{name} +Use @code{name} as the message digest algorithm used when signing a +key. Running the program with the command ---version yields a list of +supported algorithms. Be aware that if you choose an algorithm that +GnuPG supports but other OpenPGP implementations do not, then some +users will not be able to use the key signatures you make, or quite +possibly your entire key. + +@item ---s2k-cipher-algo @code{name} +Use @code{name} as the cipher algorithm used to protect secret keys. +The default cipher is CAST5. This cipher is also used for +conventional encryption if ---personal-cipher-preferences and +---cipher-algo is not given. + +@item ---s2k-digest-algo @code{name} +Use @code{name} as the digest algorithm used to mangle the passphrases. +The default algorithm is SHA-1. + +@item ---s2k-mode @code{n} +Selects how passphrases are mangled. If @code{n} is 0 a plain +passphrase (which is not recommended) will be used, a 1 adds a salt to +the passphrase and a 3 (the default) iterates the whole process a +couple of times. Unless ---rfc1991 is used, this mode is also used for +conventional encryption. + +@item ---simple-sk-checksum +Secret keys are integrity protected by using a SHA-1 checksum. This +method will be part of an enhanced OpenPGP specification but GnuPG +already uses it as a countermeasure against certain attacks. Old +applications don't understand this new format, so this option may be +used to switch back to the old behaviour. Using this this option +bears a security risk. Note that using this option only takes effect +when the secret key is encrypted - the simplest way to make this +happen is to change the passphrase on the key (even changing it to the +same value is acceptable). + +@item ---disable-cipher-algo @code{name} +Never allow the use of @code{name} as cipher algorithm. +The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm +will still get disabled. + +@item ---disable-pubkey-algo @code{name} +Never allow the use of @code{name} as public key algorithm. +The given name will not be checked so that a later loaded algorithm +will still get disabled. + +@item ---no-sig-cache +Do not cache the verification status of key signatures. +Caching gives a much better performance in key listings. However, if +you suspect that your public keyring is not save against write +modifications, you can use this option to disable the caching. It +probably does not make sense to disable it because all kind of damage +can be done if someone else has write access to your public keyring. + +@item ---no-sig-create-check +GnuPG normally verifies each signature right after creation to protect +against bugs and hardware malfunctions which could leak out bits from +the secret key. This extra verification needs some time (about 115% +for DSA keys), and so this option can be used to disable it. +However, due to the fact that the signature creation needs manual +interaction, this performance penalty does not matter in most settings. + +@item ---auto-check-trustdb +@itemx ---no-auto-check-trustdb +If GnuPG feels that its information about the Web-of-Trust has to be +updated, it automatically runs the ---check-trustdb command internally. +This may be a time consuming process. ---no-auto-check-trustdb +disables this option. + +@item ---throw-keyid +Do not put the keyids into encrypted packets. This option hides the +receiver of the message and is a countermeasure against traffic +analysis. It may slow down the decryption process because all +available secret keys are tried. + +@item ---no-throw-keyid +Resets the ---throw-keyid option. + +@item ---not-dash-escaped +This option changes the behavior of cleartext signatures +so that they can be used for patch files. You should not +send such an armored file via email because all spaces +and line endings are hashed too. You can not use this +option for data which has 5 dashes at the beginning of a +line, patch files don't have this. A special armor header +line tells GnuPG about this cleartext signature option. + +@item ---escape-from-lines +@itemx ---no-escape-from-lines +Because some mailers change lines starting with "From " to ">From +" it is good to handle such lines in a special way when creating +cleartext signatures to prevent the mail system from breaking the +signature. Note that all other PGP versions do it this way too. +Enabled by default. ---no-escape-from-lines disables this option. + +@item ---passphrase-fd @code{n} +Read the passphrase from file descriptor @code{n}. If you use +0 for @code{n}, the passphrase will be read from stdin. This +can only be used if only one passphrase is supplied. +Don't use this option if you can avoid it. + +@item ---command-fd @code{n} +This is a replacement for the deprecated shared-memory IPC mode. +If this option is enabled, user input on questions is not expected +from the TTY but from the given file descriptor. It should be used +together with ---status-fd. See the file doc/DETAILS in the source +distribution for details on how to use it. + +@item ---use-agent +@itemx ---no-use-agent +Try to use the GnuPG-Agent. Please note that this agent is still under +development. With this option, GnuPG first tries to connect to the +agent before it asks for a passphrase. ---no-use-agent disables this +option. + +@item ---gpg-agent-info +Override the value of the environment variable +@samp{GPG_AGENT_INFO}. This is only used when ---use-agent has been given + +@item Compliance options +These options control what GnuPG is compliant to. Only one of these +options may be active at a time. Note that the default setting of +this is nearly always the correct one. See the INTEROPERABILITY WITH +OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS section below before using one of these +options. + +@table @asis +@item ---gnupg +Use standard GnuPG behavior. This is essentially OpenPGP behavior +(see ---openpgp), but with some additional workarounds for common +compatibility problems in different versions of PGP. This is the +default option, so it is not generally needed, but it may be useful to +override a different compliance option in the gpg.conf file. + +@item ---openpgp +Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict OpenPGP +behavior. Use this option to reset all previous options like +---rfc1991, --force-v3-sigs, --s2k-*, --cipher-algo, --digest-algo and +---compress-algo to OpenPGP compliant values. All PGP workarounds are +disabled. + +@item ---rfc2440 +Reset all packet, cipher and digest options to strict RFC-2440 +behavior. Note that this is currently the same thing as ---openpgp. + +@item ---rfc1991 +Try to be more RFC-1991 (PGP 2.x) compliant. + +@item ---pgp2 +Set up all options to be as PGP 2.x compliant as possible, and warn if +an action is taken (e.g. encrypting to a non-RSA key) that will create +a message that PGP 2.x will not be able to handle. Note that `PGP +2.x' here means `MIT PGP 2.6.2'. There are other versions of PGP 2.x +available, but the MIT release is a good common baseline. + +This option implies `---rfc1991 --disable-mdc --no-force-v4-certs +---no-sk-comment --escape-from-lines --force-v3-sigs +---no-ask-sig-expire --no-ask-cert-expire --cipher-algo IDEA +---digest-algo MD5 --compress-algo 1'. It also disables --textmode +when encrypting. + +@item ---pgp6 +Set up all options to be as PGP 6 compliant as possible. This +restricts you to the ciphers IDEA (if the IDEA plugin is installed), +3DES, and CAST5, the hashes MD5, SHA1 and RIPEMD160, and the +compression algorithms none and ZIP. This also disables +---throw-keyid, and making signatures with signing subkeys as PGP 6 +does not understand signatures made by signing subkeys. + +This option implies `---disable-mdc --no-sk-comment --escape-from-lines +---force-v3-sigs --no-ask-sig-expire' + +@item ---pgp7 +Set up all options to be as PGP 7 compliant as possible. This is +identical to ---pgp6 except that MDCs are not disabled, and the list of +allowable ciphers is expanded to add AES128, AES192, AES256, and +TWOFISH. + +@item ---pgp8 +Set up all options to be as PGP 8 compliant as possible. PGP 8 is a +lot closer to the OpenPGP standard than previous versions of PGP, so +all this does is disable ---throw-keyid and set --escape-from-lines. +The allowed algorithms list is the same as ---pgp7 with the addition of +the SHA-256 digest algorithm. + +@end table + +@item ---force-v3-sigs +@itemx ---no-force-v3-sigs +OpenPGP states that an implementation should generate v4 signatures +but PGP versions 5 and higher only recognize v4 signatures on key +material. This option forces v3 signatures for signatures on data. +Note that this option overrides ---ask-sig-expire, as v3 signatures +cannot have expiration dates. ---no-force-v3-sigs disables this +option. + +@item ---force-v4-certs +@itemx ---no-force-v4-certs +Always use v4 key signatures even on v3 keys. This option also +changes the default hash algorithm for v3 RSA keys from MD5 to SHA-1. +---no-force-v4-certs disables this option. + +@item ---force-mdc +Force the use of encryption with a modification detection code. This +is always used with the newer ciphers (those with a blocksize greater +than 64 bits), or if all of the recipient keys indicate MDC support in +their feature flags. + +@item ---disable-mdc +Disable the use of the modification detection code. Note that by +using this option, the encrypted message becomes vulnerable to a +message modification attack. + +@item ---allow-non-selfsigned-uid +@itemx ---no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid +Allow the import and use of keys with user IDs which are not +self-signed. This is not recommended, as a non self-signed user ID is +trivial to forge. ---no-allow-non-selfsigned-uid disables. + +@item ---allow-freeform-uid +Disable all checks on the form of the user ID while generating a new +one. This option should only be used in very special environments as +it does not ensure the de-facto standard format of user IDs. + +@item ---ignore-time-conflict +GnuPG normally checks that the timestamps associated with keys and +signatures have plausible values. However, sometimes a signature +seems to be older than the key due to clock problems. This option +makes these checks just a warning. See also ---ignore-valid-from for +timestamp issues on subkeys. + +@item ---ignore-valid-from +GnuPG normally does not select and use subkeys created in the future. +This option allows the use of such keys and thus exhibits the +pre-1.0.7 behaviour. You should not use this option unless you there +is some clock problem. See also ---ignore-time-conflict for timestamp +issues with signatures. + +@item ---ignore-crc-error +The ASCII armor used by OpenPGP is protected by a CRC checksum against +transmission errors. Sometimes it happens that the CRC gets mangled +somewhere on the transmission channel but the actual content (which is +protected by the OpenPGP protocol anyway) is still okay. This option +will let gpg ignore CRC errors. + +@item ---ignore-mdc-error +This option changes a MDC integrity protection failure into a warning. +This can be useful if a message is partially corrupt, but it is +necessary to get as much data as possible out of the corrupt message. +However, be aware that a MDC protection failure may also mean that the +message was tampered with intentionally by an attacker. + +@item ---lock-once +Lock the databases the first time a lock is requested +and do not release the lock until the process +terminates. + +@item ---lock-multiple +Release the locks every time a lock is no longer +needed. Use this to override a previous ---lock-once +from a config file. + +@item ---lock-never +Disable locking entirely. This option should be used only in very +special environments, where it can be assured that only one process +is accessing those files. A bootable floppy with a stand-alone +encryption system will probably use this. Improper usage of this +option may lead to data and key corruption. + +@item ---no-random-seed-file +GnuPG uses a file to store its internal random pool over invocations. +This makes random generation faster; however sometimes write operations +are not desired. This option can be used to achieve that with the cost of +slower random generation. + +@item ---no-verbose +Reset verbose level to 0. + +@item ---no-greeting +Suppress the initial copyright message. + +@item ---no-secmem-warning +Suppress the warning about "using insecure memory". + +@item ---no-permission-warning +Suppress the warning about unsafe file and home directory (---homedir) +permissions. Note that the permission checks that GnuPG performs are +not intended to be authoritative, but rather they simply warn about +certain common permission problems. Do not assume that the lack of a +warning means that your system is secure. + +Note that the warning for unsafe ---homedir permissions cannot be +supressed in the gpg.conf file, as this would allow an attacker to +place an unsafe gpg.conf file in place, and use this file to supress +warnings about itself. The ---homedir permissions warning may only be +supressed on the command line. + +@item ---no-mdc-warning +Suppress the warning about missing MDC integrity protection. + +@item ---no-armor +Assume the input data is not in ASCII armored format. + +@item ---no-default-keyring +Do not add the default keyrings to the list of +keyrings. + +@item ---skip-verify +Skip the signature verification step. This may be +used to make the decryption faster if the signature +verification is not needed. + +@item ---with-colons +Print key listings delimited by colons. Note that the output will be +encoded in UTF-8 regardless of any ---charset setting. This format is +useful when GnuPG is called from scripts and other programs as it is +easily machine parsed. The details of this format are documented in +the file doc/DETAILS, which is included in the GnuPG source +distribution. + +@item ---with-key-data +Print key listings delimited by colons (like ---with-colons) and print the public key data. + +@item ---with-fingerprint +Same as the command ---fingerprint but changes only the format of the output +and may be used together with another command. + +@item ---fast-list-mode +Changes the output of the list commands to work faster; this is achieved +by leaving some parts empty. Some applications don't need the user ID and +the trust information given in the listings. By using this options they +can get a faster listing. The exact behaviour of this option may change +in future versions. + +@item ---fixed-list-mode +Do not merge primary user ID and primary key in ---with-colon listing +mode and print all timestamps as seconds since 1970-01-01. + +@item ---list-only +Changes the behaviour of some commands. This is like ---dry-run but +different in some cases. The semantic of this command may be extended in +the future. Currently it only skips the actual decryption pass and +therefore enables a fast listing of the encryption keys. + +@item ---no-literal +This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful. + +@item ---set-filesize +This is not for normal use. Use the source to see for what it might be useful. + +@item ---emulate-md-encode-bug +GnuPG versions prior to 1.0.2 had a bug in the way a signature was encoded. +This options enables a workaround by checking faulty signatures again with +the encoding used in old versions. This may only happen for ElGamal signatures +which are not widely used. + +@item ---show-session-key +Display the session key used for one message. See ---override-session-key +for the counterpart of this option. + +We think that Key-Escrow is a Bad Thing; however the user should +have the freedom to decide whether to go to prison or to reveal the content of +one specific message without compromising all messages ever encrypted for one +secret key. DON'T USE IT UNLESS YOU ARE REALLY FORCED TO DO SO. + +@item ---override-session-key @code{string} +Don't use the public key but the session key @code{string}. The format of this +string is the same as the one printed by ---show-session-key. This option +is normally not used but comes handy in case someone forces you to reveal the +content of an encrypted message; using this option you can do this without +handing out the secret key. + +@item ---ask-sig-expire +@itemx ---no-ask-sig-expire +When making a data signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this +option is not specified, the expiration time is "never". +---no-ask-sig-expire disables this option. + +@item ---ask-cert-expire +@itemx ---no-ask-cert-expire +When making a key signature, prompt for an expiration time. If this +option is not specified, the expiration time is "never". +---no-ask-cert-expire disables this option. + +@item ---expert +@itemx ---no-expert +Allow the user to do certain nonsensical or "silly" things like +signing an expired or revoked key, or certain potentially incompatible +things like generating deprecated key types. This also disables +certain warning messages about potentially incompatible actions. As +the name implies, this option is for experts only. If you don't fully +understand the implications of what it allows you to do, leave this +off. ---no-expert disables this option. + +@item ---merge-only +Don't insert new keys into the keyrings while doing an import. + +@item ---allow-secret-key-import +This is an obsolete option and is not used anywhere. + +@item ---try-all-secrets +Don't look at the key ID as stored in the message but try all secret keys in +turn to find the right decryption key. This option forces the behaviour as +used by anonymous recipients (created by using ---throw-keyid) and might come +handy in case where an encrypted message contains a bogus key ID. + +@item ---enable-special-filenames +This options enables a mode in which filenames of the form +@file{-&n}, where n is a non-negative decimal number, +refer to the file descriptor n and not to a file with that name. + +@item ---no-expensive-trust-checks +Experimental use only. + +@item ---group @code{name=value1 value2 value3 ...} +Sets up a named group, which is similar to aliases in email programs. +Any time the group name is a recipient (-r or ---recipient), it will +be expanded to the values specified. + +The values are @code{key IDs} or fingerprints, but any key description +is accepted. Note that a value with spaces in it will be treated as +two different values. Note also there is only one level of expansion +- you cannot make an group that points to another group. When used +from the command line, it may be necessary to quote the argument to +this option to prevent the shell from treating it as multiple +arguments. + +@item ---no-groups +Clear the ---group list. + +@item ---preserve-permissions +Don't change the permissions of a secret keyring back to user +read/write only. Use this option only if you really know what you are doing. + +@item ---personal-cipher-preferences @code{string} +Set the list of personal cipher preferences to @code{string}, this list +should be a string similar to the one printed by the command "pref" in +the edit menu. This allows the user to factor in their own preferred +algorithms when algorithms are chosen via recipient key preferences. +The most highly ranked cipher in this list is also used for the +---symmetric encryption command. + +@item ---personal-digest-preferences @code{string} +Set the list of personal digest preferences to @code{string}, this list +should be a string similar to the one printed by the command "pref" in +the edit menu. This allows the user to factor in their own preferred +algorithms when algorithms are chosen via recipient key preferences. +The most highly ranked digest algorithm in this list is algo used when +signing without encryption (e.g. ---clearsign or --sign). The default +value is SHA-1. + +@item ---personal-compress-preferences @code{string} +Set the list of personal compression preferences to @code{string}, this +list should be a string similar to the one printed by the command +"pref" in the edit menu. This allows the user to factor in their own +preferred algorithms when algorithms are chosen via recipient key +preferences. The most highly ranked algorithm in this list is also +used when there are no recipient keys to consider (e.g. ---symmetric). + +@item ---default-preference-list @code{string} +Set the list of default preferences to @code{string}, this list should +be a string similar to the one printed by the command "pref" in the +edit menu. This affects both key generation and "updpref" in the edit +menu. + +@end table + +@majorheading How to specify a user ID +There are different ways to specify a user ID to GnuPG; here are some +examples: + +@table @asis +@item +@item 234567C4 +@itemx 0F34E556E +@itemx 01347A56A +@itemx 0xAB123456 +Here the key ID is given in the usual short form. + +@item 234AABBCC34567C4 +@itemx 0F323456784E56EAB +@itemx 01AB3FED1347A5612 +@itemx 0x234AABBCC34567C4 +Here the key ID is given in the long form as used by OpenPGP +(you can get the long key ID using the option ---with-colons). + +@item 1234343434343434C434343434343434 +@itemx 123434343434343C3434343434343734349A3434 +@itemx 0E12343434343434343434EAB3484343434343434 +@itemx 0xE12343434343434343434EAB3484343434343434 +The best way to specify a key ID is by using the fingerprint of +the key. This avoids any ambiguities in case that there are duplicated +key IDs (which are really rare for the long key IDs). + +@item =Heinrich Heine +Using an exact to match string. The equal sign indicates this. + +@item +Using the email address part which must match exactly. The left angle bracket +indicates this email address mode. + +@item +Heinrich Heine duesseldorf +All words must match exactly (not case sensitive) but can appear in +any order in the user ID. Words are any sequences of letters, +digits, the underscore and all characters with bit 7 set. + +@item Heine +@itemx *Heine +By case insensitive substring matching. This is the default mode but +applications may want to explicitly indicate this by putting the asterisk +in front. + +@end table + +Note that you can append an exclamation mark to key IDs or +fingerprints. This flag tells GnuPG to use exactly the given primary +or secondary key and not to try to figure out which secondary or +primary key to use. + +@majorheading RETURN VALUE +The program returns 0 if everything was fine, 1 if at least +a signature was bad, and other error codes for fatal errors. + +@majorheading EXAMPLES +@table @asis +@item gpg -se -r @code{Bob} @code{file} +sign and encrypt for user Bob + +@item gpg ---clearsign @code{file} +make a clear text signature + +@item gpg -sb @code{file} +make a detached signature + +@item gpg ---list-keys @code{user_ID} +show keys + +@item gpg ---fingerprint @code{user_ID} +show fingerprint + +@item gpg ---verify @code{pgpfile} +@itemx gpg ---verify @code{sigfile} @code{files} +Verify the signature of the file but do not output the data. The second form +is used for detached signatures, where @code{sigfile} is the detached +signature (either ASCII armored of binary) and @code{files} are the signed +data; if this is not given the name of the file holding the signed data is +constructed by cutting off the extension (".asc" or ".sig") of +@code{sigfile} or by asking the user for the filename. + +@end table + +@majorheading ENVIRONMENT +@table @asis +@item HOME +Used to locate the default home directory. + +@item GNUPGHOME +If set directory used instead of "~/.gnupg". + +@item GPG_AGENT_INFO +Used to locate the gpg-agent; only honored when +---use-agent is set. The value consists of 3 colon delimited fields: +The first is the path to the Unix Domain Socket, the second the PID of +the gpg-agent and the protocol version which should be set to 1. When +starting the gpg-agent as described in its documentation, this +variable is set to the correct value. The option ---gpg-agent-info can +be used to override it. + +@item http_proxy +Only honored when the keyserver-option +honor-http-proxy is set. + +@end table + +@majorheading FILES +@table @asis +@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg +The secret keyring + +@item ~/.gnupg/secring.gpg.lock +and the lock file + +@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg +The public keyring + +@item ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg.lock +and the lock file + +@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg +The trust database + +@item ~/.gnupg/trustdb.gpg.lock +and the lock file + +@item ~/.gnupg/random_seed +used to preserve the internal random pool + +@item ~/.gnupg/gpg.conf +Default configuration file + +@item ~/.gnupg/options +Old style configuration file; only used when gpg.conf +is not found + +@item /usr[/local]/share/gnupg/options.skel +Skeleton options file + +@item /usr[/local]/lib/gnupg/ +Default location for extensions + +@end table + +@majorheading WARNINGS +Use a *good* password for your user account and a *good* passphrase +to protect your secret key. This passphrase is the weakest part of the +whole system. Programs to do dictionary attacks on your secret keyring +are very easy to write and so you should protect your "~/.gnupg/" +directory very well. + +Keep in mind that, if this program is used over a network (telnet), it +is *very* easy to spy out your passphrase! + +If you are going to verify detached signatures, make sure that the +program knows about it; either be giving both filenames on the +command line or using @samp{-} to specify stdin. + +@majorheading INTEROPERABILITY WITH OTHER OPENPGP PROGRAMS +GnuPG tries to be a very flexible implementation of the OpenPGP +standard. In particular, GnuPG implements many of the "optional" +parts of the standard, such as the RIPEMD/160 hash, and the ZLIB +compression algorithms. It is important to be aware that not all +OpenPGP programs implement these optional algorithms and that by +forcing their use via the ---cipher-algo, --digest-algo, +---cert-digest-algo, or --compress-algo options in GnuPG, it is +possible to create a perfectly valid OpenPGP message, but one that +cannot be read by the intended recipient. + +For example, as of this writing, no version of official PGP supports +the BLOWFISH cipher algorithm. If you use it, no PGP user will be +able to decrypt your message. The same thing applies to the ZLIB +compression algorithm. By default, GnuPG uses the OpenPGP preferences +system that will always do the right thing and create messages that +are usable by all recipients, regardless of which OpenPGP program they +use. Only override this safe default if you know what you are doing. + +If you absolutely must override the safe default, or if the +preferences on a given key are invalid for some reason, you are far +better off using the ---pgp2, --pgp6, --pgp7, or --pgp8 options. These +options are safe as they do not force any particular algorithms in +violation of OpenPGP, but rather reduce the available algorithms to a +"PGP-safe" list. + +@majorheading BUGS +On many systems this program should be installed as setuid(root). This +is necessary to lock memory pages. Locking memory pages prevents the +operating system from writing memory pages to disk. If you get no +warning message about insecure memory your operating system supports +locking without being root. The program drops root privileges as soon +as locked memory is allocated. + +@bye diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eed2d21a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +2003-05-22 GNU + + * Version 0.12.1 released. + diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 000000000..882396481 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext +# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +top_builddir = .. +VPATH = $(srcdir) + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +transform = @program_transform_name@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = $(datadir)/locale +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl +aliaspath = $(localedir) +subdir = intl + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS) + +l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ + +AR = ar +CC = @CC@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d +YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext + +DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ +-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \ +-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \ +-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \ +-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \ +-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ + +COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) + +HEADERS = \ + gmo.h \ + gettextP.h \ + hash-string.h \ + loadinfo.h \ + plural-exp.h \ + eval-plural.h \ + localcharset.h \ + relocatable.h \ + os2compat.h \ + libgnuintl.h.in +SOURCES = \ + bindtextdom.c \ + dcgettext.c \ + dgettext.c \ + gettext.c \ + finddomain.c \ + loadmsgcat.c \ + localealias.c \ + textdomain.c \ + l10nflist.c \ + explodename.c \ + dcigettext.c \ + dcngettext.c \ + dngettext.c \ + ngettext.c \ + plural.y \ + plural-exp.c \ + localcharset.c \ + relocatable.c \ + localename.c \ + log.c \ + osdep.c \ + os2compat.c \ + intl-compat.c +OBJECTS = \ + bindtextdom.$lo \ + dcgettext.$lo \ + dgettext.$lo \ + gettext.$lo \ + finddomain.$lo \ + loadmsgcat.$lo \ + localealias.$lo \ + textdomain.$lo \ + l10nflist.$lo \ + explodename.$lo \ + dcigettext.$lo \ + dcngettext.$lo \ + dngettext.$lo \ + ngettext.$lo \ + plural.$lo \ + plural-exp.$lo \ + localcharset.$lo \ + relocatable.$lo \ + localename.$lo \ + log.$lo \ + osdep.$lo \ + intl-compat.$lo +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ +config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) +DISTFILES.generated = plural.c +DISTFILES.normal = VERSION +DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \ +Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc +DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ +COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h + +all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed +all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la +all-no-no: + +libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) + rm -f $@ + $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) + $(RANLIB) $@ + +libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ + $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ + $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \ + -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ + -rpath $(libdir) \ + -no-undefined + +# Libtool's library version information for libintl. +# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this +# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". +# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* +# change these values. +LTV_CURRENT=5 +LTV_REVISION=0 +LTV_AGE=3 + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed + +.c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< + +.y.c: + $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< + rm -f $*.h + +bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c +dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c +dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c +gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c +finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c +loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c +localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c +textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c +l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c +explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c +dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c +dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c +dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c +ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c +plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c +plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c +localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c +relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c +localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c +log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c +osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c +intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + +ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed + mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed +ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed + mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed + +INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. + +libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in + cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h + +libintl.h: libgnuintl.h + cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h + +charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + +check: all + +# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a +# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a +# separate library. +# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the +# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: all + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ + dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ + if test -n "$dependencies"; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ + orig=charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data: all + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ + dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +install-strip: install + +installdirs: + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +info dvi ps pdf html: + +$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h +bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h +dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h +explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h +dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h +dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h +localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h +localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h + +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +ctags: CTAGS + +CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +id: ID + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + + +mostlyclean: + rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* + rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed + rm -f -r .libs _libs + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile ID TAGS + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + + +# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some +# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. +distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: Makefile + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + : ; \ + else \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ + else \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ + fi; \ + $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ + for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ + done; \ + fi + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status +# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57, +# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used. +# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION new file mode 100644 index 000000000..130318357 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/VERSION @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..250f5e863 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ +# include +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#ifdef _LIBC +extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden; +#else +# define INTUSE(name) name +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ +extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, + const char **codesetp)); + +/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP + to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. + If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not + modified, only the current value is returned. + If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither + modified nor returned. */ +static void +set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) + const char *domainname; + const char **dirnamep; + const char **codesetp; +{ + struct binding *binding; + int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') + { + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + return; + } + + __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding != NULL) + { + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->dirname; + if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) + { + if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) + result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + } + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) + free (binding->dirname); + + binding->dirname = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *dirnamep = result; + } + } + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *codesetp = binding->codeset; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->codeset; + if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->codeset != NULL) + free (binding->codeset); + + binding->codeset = result; + binding->codeset_cntr++; + modified = 1; + } + } + *codesetp = result; + } + } + } + else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) + && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) + { + /* Simply return the default values. */ + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = + (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) + goto failed; + + memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); + + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The default value. */ + dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else + { + if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) + dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else + { + char *result; +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + dirname = result; + } + } + *dirnamep = dirname; + new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; + } + else + /* The default value. */ + new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + + new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset != NULL) + { + char *result; + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + codeset = result; + new_binding->codeset_cntr++; + } + *codesetp = codeset; + new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } + else + new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) + { + new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; + } + else + { + binding = _nl_domain_bindings; + while (binding->next != NULL + && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) + binding = binding->next; + + new_binding->next = binding->next; + binding->next = new_binding; + } + + modified = 1; + + /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ + if (0) + { + failed_codeset: + if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) + free (new_binding->dirname); + failed_dirname: + free (new_binding); + failed: + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + } + + /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ + if (modified) + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +} + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +char * +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) + const char *domainname; + const char *dirname; +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); + return (char *) dirname; +} + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +char * +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) + const char *domainname; + const char *codeset; +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); + return (char *) codeset; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); +weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset new file mode 100755 index 000000000..32becece9 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/config.charset @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# The table consists of lines of the form +# ALIAS CANONICAL +# +# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". +# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. +# +# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. +# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is +# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case +# MIME charset name is preferred. +# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. +# +# name used by which systems a MIME name? +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd +# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes +# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes +# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-13 glibc +# ISO-8859-14 glibc +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd +# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes +# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes +# KOI8-T glibc +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 woe32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix woe32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf woe32 dos +# CP950 woe32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1125 dos +# CP1129 aix +# CP1250 woe32 +# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32 +# CP1252 aix woe32 +# CP1253 woe32 +# CP1254 woe32 +# CP1255 glibc woe32 +# CP1256 woe32 +# CP1257 woe32 +# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris +# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris +# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos +# GB18030 glibc solaris +# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes +# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# VISCII glibc yes +# TCVN5712-1 glibc +# GEORGIAN-PS glibc +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# +# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in +# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). +# +# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications +# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM + +host="$1" +os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," +echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." +echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." +# List of references, updated during installation: +echo "# Packages using this file: " +case "$os" in + linux* | *-gnu*) + # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, + # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all + # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not + # need to install the alias file at all. + # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. + echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" + ;; + aix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "IBM-850 CP850" + echo "IBM-856 CP856" + echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" + echo "IBM-922 CP922" + echo "IBM-932 CP932" + echo "IBM-943 CP943" + echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" + echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" + echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" + echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" + echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" + echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + hpux*) + echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" + echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" + echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" + echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" + echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" + echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" + echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" + echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" + echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" + echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" + echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" + echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" + echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" + echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" + echo "tis620 TIS-620" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "hp15CN GB2312" + #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "utf8 UTF-8" + ;; + irix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + ;; + osf*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "cp850 CP850" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" + echo "dechanzi GB2312" + echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" + echo "deckorean EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "KSC5601 CP949" + echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TACTIS TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + solaris*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" + echo "gb2312 GB2312" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "GB18030 GB18030" + echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" + echo "5601 EUC-KR" + echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" + #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + freebsd* | os2*) + # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just + # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "US-ASCII ASCII" + for l in la_LN lt_LN; do + echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ + lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + netbsd*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + ;; + beos*) + # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + msdosdjgpp*) + # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "#" + echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." + echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" + echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" + echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" + echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero " + echo "# and Bruno Haible ." + echo "#" + echo "C ASCII" + # ISO-8859-1 languages + echo "ca CP850" + echo "ca_ES CP850" + echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "de CP850" + echo "de_AT CP850" + echo "de_CH CP850" + echo "de_DE CP850" + echo "en CP850" + echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "en_CA CP850" + echo "en_GB CP850" + echo "en_NZ CP437" + echo "en_US CP437" + echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "es CP850" + echo "es_AR CP850" + echo "es_BO CP850" + echo "es_CL CP850" + echo "es_CO CP850" + echo "es_CR CP850" + echo "es_CU CP850" + echo "es_DO CP850" + echo "es_EC CP850" + echo "es_ES CP850" + echo "es_GT CP850" + echo "es_HN CP850" + echo "es_MX CP850" + echo "es_NI CP850" + echo "es_PA CP850" + echo "es_PY CP850" + echo "es_PE CP850" + echo "es_SV CP850" + echo "es_UY CP850" + echo "es_VE CP850" + echo "et CP850" + echo "et_EE CP850" + echo "eu CP850" + echo "eu_ES CP850" + echo "fi CP850" + echo "fi_FI CP850" + echo "fr CP850" + echo "fr_BE CP850" + echo "fr_CA CP850" + echo "fr_CH CP850" + echo "fr_FR CP850" + echo "ga CP850" + echo "ga_IE CP850" + echo "gd CP850" + echo "gd_GB CP850" + echo "gl CP850" + echo "gl_ES CP850" + echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "it CP850" + echo "it_CH CP850" + echo "it_IT CP850" + echo "lt CP775" + echo "lt_LT CP775" + echo "lv CP775" + echo "lv_LV CP775" + echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nl CP850" + echo "nl_BE CP850" + echo "nl_NL CP850" + echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "pt CP850" + echo "pt_BR CP850" + echo "pt_PT CP850" + echo "sv CP850" + echo "sv_SE CP850" + # ISO-8859-2 languages + echo "cs CP852" + echo "cs_CZ CP852" + echo "hr CP852" + echo "hr_HR CP852" + echo "hu CP852" + echo "hu_HU CP852" + echo "pl CP852" + echo "pl_PL CP852" + echo "ro CP852" + echo "ro_RO CP852" + echo "sk CP852" + echo "sk_SK CP852" + echo "sl CP852" + echo "sl_SI CP852" + echo "sq CP852" + echo "sq_AL CP852" + echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + # ISO-8859-3 languages + echo "mt CP850" + echo "mt_MT CP850" + # ISO-8859-5 languages + echo "be CP866" + echo "be_BE CP866" + echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "ru CP866" + echo "ru_RU CP866" + echo "uk CP1125" + echo "uk_UA CP1125" + # ISO-8859-6 languages + echo "ar CP864" + echo "ar_AE CP864" + echo "ar_DZ CP864" + echo "ar_EG CP864" + echo "ar_IQ CP864" + echo "ar_IR CP864" + echo "ar_JO CP864" + echo "ar_KW CP864" + echo "ar_MA CP864" + echo "ar_OM CP864" + echo "ar_QA CP864" + echo "ar_SA CP864" + echo "ar_SY CP864" + # ISO-8859-7 languages + echo "el CP869" + echo "el_GR CP869" + # ISO-8859-8 languages + echo "he CP862" + echo "he_IL CP862" + # ISO-8859-9 languages + echo "tr CP857" + echo "tr_TR CP857" + # Japanese + echo "ja CP932" + echo "ja_JP CP932" + # Chinese + echo "zh_CN GBK" + echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? + # Korean + echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? + echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? + # Thai + echo "th CP874" + echo "th_TH CP874" + # Other + echo "eo CP850" + echo "eo_EO CP850" + ;; +esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca6a1c82d --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; + int category; +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +INTDEF(__dcgettext) +weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6edb95c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,1238 @@ +/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. + Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ +# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ + || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 +# else +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 +# endif +#endif +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE +# include +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "hash-string.h" + +/* Thread safetyness. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) +# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* Alignment of types. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) +#else +# define alignof(TYPE) \ + ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in . */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define getcwd __getcwd +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy __stpcpy +# endif +# define tfind __tfind +#else +# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +char *getwd (); +# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +# else +char *getcwd (); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); +# endif +#endif + +/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +#define PATH_INCR 32 + +/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define + PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is + later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) +# include +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +#endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +#endif + +/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations + are stored. */ +struct known_translation_t +{ + /* Domain in which to search. */ + char *domainname; + + /* The category. */ + int category; + + /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ + int counter; + + /* Catalog where the string was found. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + + /* And finally the translation. */ + const char *translation; + size_t translation_length; + + /* Pointer to the string in question. */ + char msgid[ZERO]; +}; + +/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this + only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC +# include + +static void *root; + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define tsearch __tsearch +# endif + +/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ +static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); +static int +transcmp (p1, p2) + const void *p1; + const void *p2; +{ + const struct known_translation_t *s1; + const struct known_translation_t *s2; + int result; + + s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; + s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; + + result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); + if (result == 0) + { + result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); + if (result == 0) + /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest + operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely + LC_MESSAGES). */ + result = s1->category - s2->category; + } + + return result; +} +#endif + +#ifndef INTVARDEF +# define INTVARDEF(name) +#endif +#ifndef INTUSE +# define INTUSE(name) name +#endif + +/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to + textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; + +/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden + = _nl_default_default_domain; + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +#if defined __EMX__ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#else +const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; +INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname) +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() + calls. */ +struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, + size_t translation_len)) + internal_function; +static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, + const char *categoryname)) + internal_function; +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category] +#else +static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; +#endif + + +/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +/* Nothing has to be done. */ +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +#else +struct block_list +{ + void *address; + struct block_list *next; +}; +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ + do { \ + struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ + /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ + the list. */ \ + if (newp != NULL) { \ + newp->address = (addr); \ + newp->next = (list); \ + (list) = newp; \ + } \ + } while (0) +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ + do { \ + while (list != NULL) { \ + struct block_list *old = list; \ + list = list->next; \ + free (old->address); \ + free (old); \ + } \ + } while (0) +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif /* have alloca */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ +typedef struct transmem_list +{ + struct transmem_list *next; + char data[ZERO]; +} transmem_block_t; +static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; +#else +typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; +#endif + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) +#endif + +/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides + easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure +# define DETERMINE_SECURE +#else +# ifndef HAVE_GETUID +# define getuid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETGID +# define getgid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID +# define geteuid() getuid() +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID +# define getegid() getgid() +# endif +static int enable_secure; +# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) +# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ + if (enable_secure == 0) \ + { \ + if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ + enable_secure = 1; \ + else \ + enable_secure = -1; \ + } +#endif + +/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ +#include "eval-plural.h" + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string + depending on the plural form determined by N. */ +char * +DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + int plural; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ +#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA + struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +#endif + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + struct binding *binding; + const char *categoryname; + const char *categoryvalue; + char *dirname, *xdomainname; + char *single_locale; + char *retval; + size_t retlen; + int saved_errno; +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + struct known_translation_t *search; + struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; + size_t msgid_len; +#endif + size_t domainname_len; + + /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ + if (msgid1 == NULL) + return NULL; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) + /* Bogus. */ + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +#endif + + __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); + + /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If + CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the + definition left this undefined. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT + if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) + category = LC_MESSAGES; +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; + + /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at + some time. */ + search = (struct known_translation_t *) + alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); + memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + search->domainname = (char *) domainname; + search->category = category; + + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); + freea (search); + if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) + { + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, + (*foundp)->translation_length); + else + retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } +#endif + + /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ + saved_errno = errno; + + /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ + DETERMINE_SECURE; + + /* First find matching binding. */ + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding == NULL) + dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) + dirname = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ + size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; + size_t path_max; + char *ret; + + path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; + path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ + + for (;;) + { + dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); + + __set_errno (0); + ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); + if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) + break; + + path_max += path_max / 2; + path_max += PATH_INCR; + } + + if (ret == NULL) + /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an + error but simply return the default string. */ + goto return_untranslated; + + stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); + } + + /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ + categoryname = category_to_name (category); + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); + + domainname_len = strlen (domainname); + xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + + domainname_len + 5); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); + + stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), + domainname, domainname_len), + ".mo"); + + /* Creating working area. */ + single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); + + + /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps + got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ + while (1) + { + /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') + ++categoryvalue; + if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') + { + /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but + no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation + by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation + will take place. */ + single_locale[0] = 'C'; + single_locale[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *cp = single_locale; + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') + *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files + outside the dedicated directories. */ + if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) + /* Ingore this entry. */ + continue; + } + + /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a + domain. Return the MSGID. */ + if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 + || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) + break; + + /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the + DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ + domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); + + if (domain != NULL) + { + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); + + if (retval == NULL) + { + int cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + msgid1, &retlen); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + domain = domain->successor[cnt]; + break; + } + } + } + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: + starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + if (foundp == NULL) + { + /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ + struct known_translation_t *newp; + + newp = (struct known_translation_t *) + malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->domainname = + mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); + newp->category = category; + newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + newp->domain = domain; + newp->translation = retval; + newp->translation_length = retlen; + + /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) + tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); + if (foundp == NULL + || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) + /* The insert failed. */ + free (newp); + } + } + else + { + /* We can update the existing entry. */ + (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + (*foundp)->domain = domain; + (*foundp)->translation = retval; + (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } + } + } + + return_untranslated: + /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!ENABLE_SECURE) + { + extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename, + const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, + const char *msgid2, + int plural)); + const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); + + if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') + _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +} + + +char * +internal_function +_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct binding *domainbinding; + const char *msgid; + size_t *lengthp; +{ + struct loaded_domain *domain; + nls_uint32 nstrings; + size_t act; + char *result; + size_t resultlen; + + if (domain_file->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); + + if (domain_file->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + + nstrings = domain->nstrings; + + /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ + if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) + { + /* Use the hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); + nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + while (1) + { + nls_uint32 nstr = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); + + if (nstr == 0) + /* Hash table entry is empty. */ + return NULL; + + nstr--; + + /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. + We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries + are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ + if (nstr < nstrings + ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) + == 0) + : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) + == 0)) + { + act = nstr; + goto found; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + { + /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of + messages. */ + size_t top, bottom; + + bottom = 0; + top = nstrings; + while (bottom < top) + { + int cmp_val; + + act = (bottom + top) / 2; + cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); + if (cmp_val < 0) + top = act; + else if (cmp_val > 0) + bottom = act + 1; + else + goto found; + } + /* No translation was found. */ + return NULL; + } + + found: + /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the + string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ + if (act < nstrings) + { + result = (char *) + (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); + resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; + } + else + { + result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; + resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; + } + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV + if (domain->codeset_cntr + != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) + { + /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() + since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We + have to reinitialize the converter. */ + _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); + _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); + } + + if ( +# ifdef _LIBC + domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 +# endif +# endif + ) + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an + appropriate table with the same structure as the table + of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers + to the converted strings in. + There is a slight complication with plural entries. They + are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We + handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including + NULs. */ + + if (domain->conv_tab == NULL + && ((domain->conv_tab = + (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, + sizeof (char *))) + == NULL)) + /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ + domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; + + if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ + goto converted; + + if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) + { + /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not + translated yet. Do this now. */ + /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. + We allocate always larger blocks which get used over + time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ + __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) +# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 + static unsigned char *freemem; + static size_t freemem_size; + + const unsigned char *inbuf; + unsigned char *outbuf; + int malloc_count; +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; +# endif + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + + malloc_count = 0; + while (1) + { + transmem_block_t *newmem; +# ifdef _LIBC + size_t non_reversible; + int res; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + res = __gconv (domain->conv, + &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, + &outbuf, + outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), + &non_reversible); + + if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) + break; + + if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } + + inbuf = result; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; + size_t inleft = resultlen; + char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; + size_t outleft; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); + if (iconv (domain->conv, + (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, + &outptr, &outleft) + != (size_t) (-1)) + { + outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; + break; + } + if (errno != E2BIG) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } +# endif +# endif + + resize_freemem: + /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ + if (malloc_count > 0) + { + ++malloc_count; + freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, + freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + else + { + struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; + + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +# endif + } + else + { + malloc_count = 1; + freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); + } + if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) + { + freemem = NULL; + freemem_size = 0; + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free + at some point. */ + newmem->next = transmem_list; + transmem_list = newmem; + + freemem = newmem->data; + freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); +# else + transmem_list = newmem; + freemem = newmem; +# endif + + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + } + + /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this + into the table of conversions. */ + *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); + domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; + /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ + freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; + freemem = outbuf; + freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); + freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all + the plural variants. */ + result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); + resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; + } + + converted: + /* The result string is converted. */ + +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + + *lengthp = resultlen; + return result; +} + + +/* Look up a plural variant. */ +static char * +internal_function +plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + unsigned long int n; + const char *translation; + size_t translation_len; +{ + struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; + unsigned long int index; + const char *p; + + index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); + if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the + given maximum value do not match. */ + index = 0; + + /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ + p = translation; + while (index-- > 0) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); +#else + p = strchr (p, '\0'); +#endif + /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ + p++; + + if (p >= translation + translation_len) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression + evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants + available for MSGID1. */ + return (char *) translation; + } + return (char *) p; +} + +#ifndef _LIBC +/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +static const char * +internal_function +category_to_name (category) + int category; +{ + const char *retval; + + switch (category) + { +#ifdef LC_COLLATE + case LC_COLLATE: + retval = "LC_COLLATE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_CTYPE + case LC_CTYPE: + retval = "LC_CTYPE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MONETARY + case LC_MONETARY: + retval = "LC_MONETARY"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_NUMERIC + case LC_NUMERIC: + retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_TIME + case LC_TIME: + retval = "LC_TIME"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES + case LC_MESSAGES: + retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_RESPONSE + case LC_RESPONSE: + retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_ALL + case LC_ALL: + /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other + value. */ + retval = "LC_ALL"; + break; +#endif + default: + /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ + retval = "LC_XXX"; + } + + return retval; +} +#endif + +/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ +static const char * +internal_function +guess_category_value (category, categoryname) + int category; + const char *categoryname; +{ + const char *language; + const char *retval; + + /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment + variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected + locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ + language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); + if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') + language = NULL; + + /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', + `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the + `setlocale' function itself. */ +#ifdef _LIBC + retval = __current_locale_name (category); +#else + retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname); +#endif + + /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because + 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international + messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed + as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit + characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII + characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. + 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified + by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like + "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */ + return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; +} + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (dest, src) + char *dest; + const char *src; +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void * +mempcpy (dest, src, n) + void *dest; + const void *src; + size_t n; +{ + return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); +} +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at + program's end. */ +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + void *old; + + while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) + { + struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; + if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) + /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ + free (oldp->dirname); + free (oldp->codeset); + free (oldp); + } + + if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ + free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); + + /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ + __tdestroy (root, free); + root = NULL; + + while (transmem_list != NULL) + { + old = transmem_list; + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a3404e2c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf5b4037f --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DGETTEXT __dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +char * +DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; +{ + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67fd030f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ +char * +DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/eval-plural.h b/intl/eval-plural.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19c7ca6ae --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/eval-plural.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* Plural expression evaluation. + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef STATIC +#define STATIC static +#endif + +/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ +STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n)) + internal_function; + +STATIC +unsigned long int +internal_function +plural_eval (pexp, n) + struct expression *pexp; + unsigned long int n; +{ + switch (pexp->nargs) + { + case 0: + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case var: + return n; + case num: + return pexp->val.num; + default: + break; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + case 1: + { + /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ + unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return ! arg; + } + case 2: + { + unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + if (pexp->operation == lor) + return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else if (pexp->operation == land) + return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else + { + unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case mult: + return leftarg * rightarg; + case divide: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg / rightarg; + case module: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg % rightarg; + case plus: + return leftarg + rightarg; + case minus: + return leftarg - rightarg; + case less_than: + return leftarg < rightarg; + case greater_than: + return leftarg > rightarg; + case less_or_equal: + return leftarg <= rightarg; + case greater_or_equal: + return leftarg >= rightarg; + case equal: + return leftarg == rightarg; + case not_equal: + return leftarg != rightarg; + default: + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + } + case 3: + { + /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ + unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; +} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d24276442 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/finddomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* Handle list of needed message catalogs + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +/* List of already loaded domains. */ +static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; + + +/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ +struct loaded_l10nfile * +internal_function +_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) + const char *dirname; + char *locale; + const char *domainname; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; + const char *modifier; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *special; + const char *sponsor; + const char *revision; + const char *alias_value; + int mask; + + /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: + + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + + and six parts for the CEN syntax: + + language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] + + Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If + the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are + looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) revision + (2) sponsor + (3) special + (4) codeset + (5) normalized codeset + (6) territory + (7) audience/modifier + */ + + /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to + be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* We know something about this locale. */ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; + + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value + *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is + done. */ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + locale = strdup (alias_value); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; +#else + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); +#endif + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if + we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ + mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, + &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, + &sponsor, &revision); + + /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in + generalization. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, + codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); + if (retval == NULL) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + return NULL; + + if (retval->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + } + + /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + + /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ + if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) + free ((void *) normalized_codeset); + + return retval; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; + + while (runp != NULL) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; + if (runp->data != NULL) + _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); + runp = runp->next; + free ((char *) here->filename); + free (here); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43d689f55 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include +#else +# include /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define GETTEXT __gettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +GETTEXT (msgid) + const char *msgid; +{ + return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1748a356 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettextP.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* Header describing internals of libintl library. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H +#define _GETTEXTP_H + +#include /* Get size_t. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV +# include +# endif +#endif + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +#ifndef W +# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) +#else +static inline nls_uint32 +SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; +{ + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); +} +#endif + + +/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + size_t length; + /* Pointer to addressed string. */ + const char *pointer; +}; + +/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ +struct loaded_domain +{ + /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ + const char *data; + /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ + int use_mmap; + /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ + size_t mmap_size; + /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap; + /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ + void *malloced; + + /* Number of static strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *orig_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *trans_tab; + + /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; + + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_size; + /* Pointer to hash table. */ + const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; + /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap_hash_tab; + + int codeset_cntr; +#ifdef _LIBC + __gconv_t conv; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + iconv_t conv; +# endif +#endif + char **conv_tab; + + struct expression *plural; + unsigned long int nplurals; +}; + +/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C + doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define ZERO 0 +#else +# define ZERO 1 +#endif + +/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings + from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ +struct binding +{ + struct binding *next; + char *dirname; + int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ + char *codeset; + char domainname[ZERO]; +}; + +/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations + become invalid. + This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + +#ifndef _LIBC +const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname)); +#endif + +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, + char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) + internal_function; +const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, + struct loaded_domain *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) + internal_function; + +char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, + const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) + internal_function; + +#ifdef _LIBC +extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); +extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid)); +extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, int __category)); +extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)); +extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n)); +extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category)); +extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); +extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); +extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)); +#else +/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to + call them under their real name. */ +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# include "libgnuintl.h" +extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/gmo.h b/intl/gmo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1fe4d6b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gmo.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#include + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 + +/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work + when cross-compiling. */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +#else +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#endif + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +#ifndef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +#else +# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +# else +# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is + not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +struct mo_file_header +{ + /* The magic number. */ + nls_uint32 magic; + /* The revision number of the file format. */ + nls_uint32 revision; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */ + + /* The number of strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; + /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + + /* The number of system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; + /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ +struct string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ +struct sysdep_segment +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string +{ + /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; + /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. + The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ + struct segment_pair + { + /* Size of static segment. */ + nls_uint32 segsize; + /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + } segments[1]; +}; + +/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, + regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ +#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b267a8778 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(Args) Args +# else +# define PARAMS(Args) () +# endif +#endif + +/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ +#define HASHWORDBITS 32 + + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); + +static inline unsigned long int +hash_string (str_param) + const char *str_param; +{ + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; + + /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ + hval = 0; + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; + hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; + g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); + hval ^= g; + } + } + return hval; +} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36b7af0f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext + Library. + Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those + defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). + It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test + of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which + has the redirections primarily in the include file. + It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used + as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra + features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ + + +#undef gettext +#undef dgettext +#undef dcgettext +#undef ngettext +#undef dngettext +#undef dcngettext +#undef textdomain +#undef bindtextdomain +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we + don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ +#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +gettext (msgid) + const char *msgid; +{ + return libintl_gettext (msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dgettext (domainname, msgid) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; +{ + return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; + int category; +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +textdomain (domainname) + const char *domainname; +{ + return libintl_textdomain (domainname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) + const char *domainname; + const char *dirname; +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) + const char *domainname; + const char *codeset; +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); +} diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec8713f8e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H +# include +#endif +#include +#include +#include + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) +# endif +#else +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +# endif +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +#endif + +/* Define function which are usually not available. */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT +/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); + +static size_t +argz_count__ (argz, len) + const char *argz; + size_t len; +{ + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len + 1; + len -= part_len + 1; + count++; + } + return count; +} +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) +# endif +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY +/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); + +static void +argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) + char *argz; + size_t len; + int sep; +{ + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len; + len -= part_len + 1; + if (len > 0) + *argz++ = sep; + } +} +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ + INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) +# endif +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT +static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, + const char *entry)); + +static char * +argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) + char *argz; + size_t argz_len; + const char *entry; +{ + if (entry) + { + if (entry < argz + argz_len) + entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; + + return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; + } + else + if (argz_len > 0) + return argz; + else + return 0; +} +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ + + +/* Return number of bits set in X. */ +static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); + +static inline int +pop (x) + int x; +{ + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); + x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); + x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; + x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; + + return x; +} + + +struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, + territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) + struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; + const char *dirlist; + size_t dirlist_len; + int mask; + const char *language; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *modifier; + const char *special; + const char *sponsor; + const char *revision; + const char *filename; + int do_allocate; +{ + char *abs_filename; + struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; + size_t dirlist_count; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + + /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore + DIRLIST. */ + if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) + dirlist_len = 0; + + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) + + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 + ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) + ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 + ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) + + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + ? strlen (sponsor) : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 + ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); + + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Construct file name. */ + cp = abs_filename; + if (dirlist_len > 0) + { + memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); + __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); + cp += dirlist_len; + cp[-1] = '/'; + } + + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); + } + if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); + } + if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) + { + /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different + leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ + *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); + } + if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '+'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, special); + } + if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) + { + *cp++ = ','; + if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) + cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); + if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); + } + } + + *cp++ = '/'; + stpcpy (cp, filename); + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ + lastp = l10nfile_list; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { + int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It's not in the list. */ + retval = NULL; + break; + } + + lastp = &retval->next; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) + { + free (abs_filename); + return retval; + } + + dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); + + /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ + retval = + (struct loaded_l10nfile *) + malloc (sizeof (*retval) + + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) + * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + return NULL; + + retval->filename = abs_filename; + + /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. + Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not + correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth + looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ + retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + + retval->next = *lastp; + *lastp = retval; + + entries = 0; + /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. + If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL + entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains + colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and + across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. + If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. + DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by + MASK, excluding MASK itself. + In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect + that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: + first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the + normalized_codeset. */ + for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 + && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) + && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) + { + if (dirlist_count > 1) + { + /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ + char *dir = NULL; + + while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) + != NULL) + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, 1); + } + else + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, 1); + } + retval->successor[entries] = NULL; + + return retval; +} + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +const char * +_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) + const char *codeset; + size_t name_len; +{ + int len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; + char *retval; + char *wp; + size_t cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + { + ++len; + + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + only_digit = 0; + } + + retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + if (only_digit) + wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); + else + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); + else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; + } + + return (const char *) retval; +} + + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (dest, src) + char *dest; + const char *src; +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f596cfcb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +/* Message catalogs for internationalization. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBINTL_H +#define _LIBINTL_H 1 + +#include + +/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions + gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. + On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. + On Solaris, defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) + then includes (i.e. this file!) and then only defines + LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES + in this case. */ +#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) +# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 +#endif + +/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU + implementation of gettext. */ +#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the + maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ + ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes + precedence over _conio_gettext. */ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +# undef gettext +#endif + +/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers + used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */ +#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is + necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C + library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). + If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the + definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so + shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked + up in the following order: + 1. in the executable, + 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, + 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link + command line, + 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were + dlopen()ed. + The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if + either + * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or + * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or + * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not + linked to the executable at link time. + Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this + would be unacceptable. + + The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext + is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in + C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or + class methods called 'gettext'. */ + +/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. + If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is + _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ +#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) +# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# else +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# else +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# endif +# endif +#endif +/* Auxiliary macros. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) +# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring +# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix +#else +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid); +static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_gettext (__msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define gettext libintl_gettext +#endif +extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); +static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dgettext libintl_dgettext +#endif +extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category); +static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext +#endif +extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, + int __category)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext); +#endif + + +/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n); +static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define ngettext libintl_ngettext +#endif +extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n); +static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dngettext libintl_dngettext +#endif +extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category); +static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext +#endif +extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, + int __category)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext); +#endif + + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); +static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) +{ + return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define textdomain libintl_textdomain +#endif +extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname) +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain +#endif +extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif + + +/* Support for relocatable packages. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix +extern void + libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix)); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d3ba6162 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOADINFO_H +#define _LOADINFO_H 1 + +/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. + Implemented in + + localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. + explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. + l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. + finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. + + The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared + in gettextP.h. + */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' +#else + /* Unix */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +#define CEN_REVISION 1 +#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 +#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 +#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 +#define XPG_CODESET 16 +#define TERRITORY 32 +#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 +#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 + +#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) +#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) + + +struct loaded_l10nfile +{ + const char *filename; + int decided; + + const void *data; + + struct loaded_l10nfile *next; + struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; +}; + + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, + size_t name_len)); + +/* Lookup a locale dependent file. + *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent + files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. + DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to + look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). + MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER, + SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as + produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix. + The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, + or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. + If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and + its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and + furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup + results from which this lookup result inherits. */ +extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, + const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, const char *special, + const char *sponsor, const char *revision, + const char *filename, int do_allocate)); + +/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if + NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). + The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ +extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, + territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision. + NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and + there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, + *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a + pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET + gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET; + this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. + The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one + filled-in value: + XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER, + TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, + XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, + XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET, + CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL, + CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR, + CEN_REVISION for *REVISION. + */ +extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, + const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset, + const char **special, + const char **sponsor, + const char **revision)); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the + rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, + i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ +extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); + +#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8509bd345 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1322 @@ +/* Load needed message catalogs. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +# include +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ + || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) +# include +# undef HAVE_MMAP +# define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#else +# undef HAVE_MMAP +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif +#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC +# include +#endif + +#include "gmo.h" +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "hash-string.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +#endif + +/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in . + Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't + use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ +#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId8 +# define PRId8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi8 +# define PRIi8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo8 +# define PRIo8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu8 +# define PRIu8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx8 +# define PRIx8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX8 +# define PRIX8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId16 +# define PRId16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi16 +# define PRIi16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo16 +# define PRIo16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu16 +# define PRIu16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx16 +# define PRIx16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX16 +# define PRIX16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId32 +# define PRId32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi32 +# define PRIi32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo32 +# define PRIo32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu32 +# define PRIu32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx32 +# define PRIx32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX32 +# define PRIX32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId64 +# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi64 +# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo64 +# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu64 +# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx64 +# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX64 +# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST8 +# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST8 +# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST8 +# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST8 +# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST8 +# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST8 +# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST16 +# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST16 +# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST16 +# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST16 +# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST16 +# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST16 +# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST32 +# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST32 +# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST32 +# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST32 +# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST32 +# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST32 +# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST64 +# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST64 +# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST64 +# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST64 +# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST64 +# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST64 +# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST8 +# define PRIdFAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST8 +# define PRIiFAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST8 +# define PRIoFAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST8 +# define PRIuFAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST8 +# define PRIxFAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST8 +# define PRIXFAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST16 +# define PRIdFAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST16 +# define PRIiFAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST16 +# define PRIoFAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST16 +# define PRIuFAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST16 +# define PRIxFAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST16 +# define PRIXFAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST32 +# define PRIdFAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST32 +# define PRIiFAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST32 +# define PRIoFAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST32 +# define PRIuFAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST32 +# define PRIxFAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST32 +# define PRIXFAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST64 +# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST64 +# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST64 +# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST64 +# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST64 +# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST64 +# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdMAX +# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiMAX +# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoMAX +# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuMAX +# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxMAX +# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXMAX +# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdPTR +# define PRIdPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ + "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiPTR +# define PRIiPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ + "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoPTR +# define PRIoPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ + "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuPTR +# define PRIuPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ + "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxPTR +# define PRIxPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ + "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXPTR +# define PRIXPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ + "llX") +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define open __open +# define close __close +# define read __read +# define mmap __mmap +# define munmap __munmap +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in . */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif +#ifdef __BEOS__ + /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif +/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of + function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */ +static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name)); + + +/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + +/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ +static const char * +get_sysdep_segment_value (name) + const char *name; +{ + /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. + Syntax: + P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } + { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ + /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because + data relocations cost startup time. */ + if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') + { + if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' + || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') + { + if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX8; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX16; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX32; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX64; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' + && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') + { + if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' + && name[7] == 'T') + { + if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdMAX; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiMAX; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoMAX; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuMAX; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxMAX; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXMAX; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdPTR; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiPTR; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoPTR; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuPTR; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxPTR; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXPTR; + abort (); + } + } + } + /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. + Return the header entry. */ +const char * +internal_function +_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. + This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this + entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' + information, we will assume the charset matches the one the + current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ + char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ + domain->codeset_cntr = + (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); +#ifdef _LIBC + domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; +# endif +#endif + domain->conv_tab = NULL; + + /* Get the header entry. */ + nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); + + if (nullentry != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV + const char *charsetstr; + + charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); + if (charsetstr != NULL) + { + size_t len; + char *charset; + const char *outcharset; + + charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); + len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); + + charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); +# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY + *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; +# else + memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); + charset[len] = '\0'; +# endif + + /* The output charset should normally be determined by the + locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly + set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override + this. Moreover, the value specified through + bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ + if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) + outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; + else + { + outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') + { +# ifdef _LIBC + outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void)); + outcharset = locale_charset (); +# endif +# endif + } + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* We always want to use transliteration. */ + outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); + charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); + if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, + GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) + != __GCONV_OK) + domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, + we want to use transliteration. */ +# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ + || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) + { + char *tmp; + + len = strlen (outcharset); + tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); + memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); + memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); + outcharset = tmp; + + domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); + + freea (outcharset); + } + else +# endif + domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); +# endif +# endif + + freea (charset); + } +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + } + + return nullentry; +} + +/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) + struct loaded_domain *domain; +{ + if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) + free (domain->conv_tab); + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) + __gconv_close (domain->conv); +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) + iconv_close (domain->conv); +# endif +#endif +} + +/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + int fd; + size_t size; +#ifdef _LIBC + struct stat64 st; +#else + struct stat st; +#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; + int use_mmap = 0; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + int revision; + const char *nullentry; + + domain_file->decided = 1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + + /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file + because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after + a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ + + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN + syntax. */ + if (domain_file->filename == NULL) + return; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ + fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + return; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ + if ( +#ifdef _LIBC + __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#else + __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#endif + || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) + || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + { + /* Something went wrong. */ + close (fd); + return; + } + +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ + data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + + if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); + use_mmap = 1; + } +#endif + + /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { + size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + + data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + return; + + to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); + if (nb <= 0) + { +#ifdef EINTR + if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + close (fd); + return; + } + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } + while (to_read > 0); + + close (fd); + } + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ + if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, + 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + return; + } + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); + if (domain == NULL) + return; + domain_file->data = domain; + + domain->data = (char *) data; + domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; + domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; + domain->malloced = NULL; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ + revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); + /* We support only the major revision 0. */ + switch (revision >> 16) + { + case 0: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); + domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); + domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); + domain->hash_tab = + (domain->hash_size > 2 + ? (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) + : NULL); + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; + + /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ + switch (revision & 0xffff) + { + case 0: + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + break; + case 1: + default: + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + + if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) + /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ + goto invalid; + + n_sysdep_strings = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); + if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; + const char **sysdep_segment_values; + const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; + const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; + size_t memneed; + char *mem; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; + unsigned int i; + + /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ + n_sysdep_segments = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); + sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); + sysdep_segment_values = + alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) + { + const char *name = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); + nls_uint32 namelen = + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); + + if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) + { + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); + } + + orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); + trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); + + /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the + system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */ + memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc) + + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + i < n_sysdep_strings + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); + size_t need = 0; + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + + sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + { + /* Invalid. */ + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + } + + memneed += need; + } + + /* Allocate additional memory. */ + mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); + if (mem == NULL) + goto invalid; + + domain->malloced = mem; + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; + mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + + /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ + for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + i < n_sysdep_strings + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); + const char *static_segments = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + /* Concatenate the segments, and fill + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for + i >= n_sysdep_strings). */ + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END) + { + /* Only one static segment. */ + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments; + } + else + { + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem; + + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 segsize = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + nls_uint32 sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + size_t n; + + if (segsize > 0) + { + memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); + mem += segsize; + static_segments += segsize; + } + + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); + mem += n; + } + + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = + mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + } + } + + /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ + for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) + inmem_hash_tab[i] = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + for (;;) + { + if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + { + /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ + inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; + break; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + } + + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + + domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + + domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + } + break; + } + break; + default: + /* This is an invalid revision. */ + invalid: + /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + free (domain); + domain_file->data = NULL; + return; + } + + /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set + the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's + specified character set or the locale's character set. */ + nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); + + /* Also look for a plural specification. */ + EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +void +internal_function +_nl_unload_domain (domain) + struct loaded_domain *domain; +{ + if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) + __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); + + _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); + + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); + +# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES + if (domain->use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); + else +# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ + free ((void *) domain->data); + + free (domain); +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d04d05368 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.c @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "localcharset.h" + +#if HAVE_STDDEF_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#if HAVE_STRING_H +# include +#else +# include +#endif +#if HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ +# define WIN32 +#endif + +#if defined __EMX__ +/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ +# define OS2 +#endif + +#if !defined WIN32 +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# include +# else +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE +# include +# endif +# endif +#elif defined WIN32 +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include +#endif +#if defined OS2 +# define INCL_DOS +# include +#endif + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +#endif + +#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +#ifndef ISSLASH +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED +# undef getc +# define getc getc_unlocked +#endif + +/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a + possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we + are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize + 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, + and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' + are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ +#if __STDC__ != 1 +# define volatile /* empty */ +#endif +/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been + read, else NULL. Its format is: + ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ +static const char * volatile charset_aliases; + +/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ +static const char * +get_charset_aliases () +{ + const char *cp; + + cp = charset_aliases; + if (cp == NULL) + { +#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32) + FILE *fp; + const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR); + const char *base = "charset.alias"; + char *file_name; + + /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ + { + size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); + size_t base_len = strlen (base); + int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); + file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); + if (file_name != NULL) + { + memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); + if (add_slash) + file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); + } + } + + if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) + /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + /* Parse the file's contents. */ + int c; + char buf1[50+1]; + char buf2[50+1]; + char *res_ptr = NULL; + size_t res_size = 0; + size_t l1, l2; + + for (;;) + { + c = getc (fp); + if (c == EOF) + break; + if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') + continue; + if (c == '#') + { + /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ + do + c = getc (fp); + while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); + if (c == EOF) + break; + continue; + } + ungetc (c, fp); + if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) + break; + l1 = strlen (buf1); + l2 = strlen (buf2); + if (res_size == 0) + { + res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); + } + else + { + res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); + } + if (res_ptr == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. */ + res_size = 0; + break; + } + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); + } + fclose (fp); + if (res_size == 0) + cp = ""; + else + { + *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; + cp = res_ptr; + } + } + + if (file_name != NULL) + free (file_name); + +#else + +# if defined VMS + /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the + sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ + /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation + "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" + section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ + cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + /* Japanese */ + "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" + "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" + "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + /* Chinese */ + "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" + "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + /* Korean */ + "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; +# endif + +# if defined WIN32 + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" + "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" + "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" + "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" + "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" + "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"; +# endif +#endif + + charset_aliases = cp; + } + + return cp; +} + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +const char * +locale_charset () +{ + const char *codeset; + const char *aliases; + +#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2) + +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + + /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ + codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + +# else + + /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ + const char *locale = NULL; + + /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some + (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't + use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the + locale name the user has set. */ +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 + locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); +# endif + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + } + + /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, + you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it + through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + +# endif + +#elif defined WIN32 + + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + +#elif defined OS2 + + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + ULONG cp[3]; + ULONG cplen; + + /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, + with standard language environment variables. */ + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + + /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + } + else + { + /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) + codeset = ""; + else + { + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); + codeset = buf; + } + } + +#endif + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ + codeset = ""; + + /* Resolve alias. */ + for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); + *aliases != '\0'; + aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) + if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 + || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) + { + codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; + break; + } + + /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret + the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", + thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ + if (codeset[0] == '\0') + codeset = "ASCII"; + + return codeset; +} diff --git a/intl/localcharset.h b/intl/localcharset.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b137e73c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H +#define _LOCALCHARSET_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ +extern const char * locale_charset (void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c4ce58f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localealias.c @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/* Handle aliases for locale names. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING +# include +#endif +#include + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include +#include + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp + +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 +# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 + +/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ +# include + +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) +#else +# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# undef fgets +# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) +#endif +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# undef feof +# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) +#endif + + +struct alias_map +{ + const char *alias; + const char *value; +}; + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl +#endif + +libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); +static size_t string_space_act; +static size_t string_space_max; +libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); +static size_t nmap; +static size_t maxmap; + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) + internal_function; +static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); +static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2)); + + +const char * +_nl_expand_alias (name) + const char *name; +{ + static const char *locale_alias_path; + struct alias_map *retval; + const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_lock (lock); +#endif + + if (locale_alias_path == NULL) + locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + + do + { + struct alias_map item; + + item.alias = name; + + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, + const void *)) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) + { + result = retval->value; + break; + } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; + while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') + { + const char *start; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' + && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) + added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); + } + } + while (added != 0); + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); +#endif + + return result; +} + + +static size_t +internal_function +read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) + const char *fname; + int fname_len; +{ + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY + mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), + aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#endif + + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); + freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) + return 0; + +#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING + /* No threads present. */ + __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); +#endif + + added = 0; + while (!FEOF (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long + We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up + stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of + memory. */ + char buf[400]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { + size_t alias_len; + size_t value_len; + + value = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') + { + /* This has to be done to make the following test + for the end of line possible. We are looking for + the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ + *cp++ = '\0'; + *cp = '\n'; + } + else if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) + if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + return added; + + alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; + value_len = strlen (value) + 1; + + if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { + /* Increase size of memory pool. */ + size_t new_size = (string_space_max + + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 + ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); + char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); + if (new_pool == NULL) + return added; + + if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) + { + map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; + map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; + } + } + + string_space = new_pool; + string_space_max = new_size; + } + + map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + alias, alias_len); + string_space_act += alias_len; + + map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + value, value_len); + string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; + } + } + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ + while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop + will exit at the `feof' test. */ + break; + } + + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore + errors. --drepper */ + fclose (fp); + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); + + return added; +} + + +static int +extend_alias_table () +{ + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; + new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size + * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ + return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; + return 0; +} + + +static int +alias_compare (map1, map2) + const struct alias_map *map1; + const struct alias_map *map2; +{ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +#else + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in + some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ + c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; + c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + return c1 - c2; +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/localename.c b/intl/localename.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..faacecd50 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localename.c @@ -0,0 +1,772 @@ +/* Determine the current selected locale. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. */ +/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ +# define WIN32 +#endif + +#ifdef WIN32 +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include +/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ +# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS +# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN +# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARABIC +# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN +# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE +# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_AZERI +# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BASQUE +# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN +# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BENGALI +# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CATALAN +# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI +# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN +# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE +# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FARSI +# define LANG_FARSI 0x29 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN +# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN +# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI +# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HEBREW +# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HINDI +# define LANG_HINDI 0x39 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN +# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KANNADA +# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI +# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KAZAK +# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KONKANI +# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ +# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN +# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN +# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN +# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAY +# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM +# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI +# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MARATHI +# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN +# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_NEPALI +# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ORIYA +# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI +# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT +# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN +# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SINDHI +# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK +# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN +# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI +# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC +# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMIL +# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TATAR +# define LANG_TATAR 0x44 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TELUGU +# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_THAI +# define LANG_THAI 0x1e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN +# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_URDU +# define LANG_URDU 0x20 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UZBEK +# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE +# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU +# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND +# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +#endif + +/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: + "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current + setting of 'local'." + However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and + ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. + those using GNU C Library). */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) +# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +#endif + +/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() + should be used for codeset information instead. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ + +const char * +_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) + int category; + const char *categoryname; +{ + const char *retval; + +#ifndef WIN32 + + /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. + On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ +# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL + retval = setlocale (category, NULL); +# else + /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + { + /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + { + /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is + implementation defined. */ + retval = "C"; + } + } +# endif + + return retval; + +#else /* WIN32 */ + + /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. + Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this + context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single + codeset. */ + + LCID lcid; + LANGID langid; + int primary, sub; + + /* Let the user override the system settings through environment + variables, as on POSIX systems. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + + /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ + lcid = GetThreadLocale (); + + /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ + langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); + + /* Split into language and territory part. */ + primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); + sub = SUBLANGID (langid); + + /* Dispatch on language. + See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . + For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ + switch (primary) + { + case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; + case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; + case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET"; + case LANG_ARABIC: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; + } + return "ar"; + case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; + case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; + case LANG_AZERI: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "az"; + case LANG_BASQUE: + return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ + case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; + case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN"; + case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; + case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM"; + case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH"; + case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; + case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US"; + case LANG_CHINESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; + } + return "zh"; + case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian + * should really now be two separate + * languages because of political reasons. + * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian + * or Croatian.) + * (I can feel those flames coming already.) + */ + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic"; + } + return "hr"; + case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; + case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; + case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV"; + case LANG_DUTCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; + case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; + } + return "nl"; + case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG"; + case LANG_ENGLISH: + switch (sub) + { + /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought + * English was the language spoken in England. + * Oh well. + */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; + } + return "en"; + case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; + case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; + case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; + case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; + case LANG_FRENCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; + } + return "fr"; + case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL"; + case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG"; + case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */ + switch (sub) + { + case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; + case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; + } + return "C"; + case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; + case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; + case LANG_GERMAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; + } + return "de"; + case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; + case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY"; + case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; + case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG"; + case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */ + /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) + or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ + return "cpe_US"; + case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; + case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; + case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; + case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG"; + case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; + case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG"; + case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; + case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA"; + case LANG_ITALIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; + } + return "it"; + case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; + case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; + case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG"; + case LANG_KASHMIRI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; + case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; + } + return "ks"; + case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; + case LANG_KONKANI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "kok_IN"; + case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; + case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; + case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA"; + case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA"; + case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; + case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; + case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; + case LANG_MALAY: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; + case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; + } + return "ms"; + case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; + case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT"; + case LANG_MANIPURI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "mni_IN"; + case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; + case LANG_MONGOLIAN: + return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ + case LANG_NEPALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; + case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; + } + return "ne"; + case LANG_NORWEGIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO"; + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; + } + return "no"; + case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; + case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET"; + case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN"; + case 0x63: /* PASHTO */ + return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ + case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; + case LANG_PORTUGUESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; + /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. + Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; + } + return "pt"; + case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN"; + case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH"; + case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO"; + case LANG_RUSSIAN: + return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */ + case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO"; + case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; + case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd"; + case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK"; + case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; + case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; + case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO"; + case LANG_SORBIAN: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "wen_DE"; + case LANG_SPANISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: + return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; + } + return "es"; + case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ"; + case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; + case LANG_SWEDISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; + case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; + } + return "sv"; + case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ + case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH"; + case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ"; + case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA"; + case LANG_TAMIL: + return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ + case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; + case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; + case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; + case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN"; + case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET"; + case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA"; + case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; + case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM"; + case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; + case LANG_URDU: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; + case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; + } + return "ur"; + case LANG_UZBEK: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "uz"; + case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA"; + case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; + case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB"; + case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA"; + case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN"; + case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL"; + case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG"; + case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA"; + default: return "C"; + } + +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/log.c b/intl/log.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c84791b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/log.c @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +/* Log file output. + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible . */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ +static void +print_escaped (stream, str) + FILE *stream; + const char *str; +{ + putc ('"', stream); + for (; *str != '\0'; str++) + if (*str == '\n') + { + fputs ("\\n\"", stream); + if (str[1] == '\0') + return; + fputs ("\n\"", stream); + } + else + { + if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') + putc ('\\', stream); + putc (*str, stream); + } + putc ('"', stream); +} + +/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ +void +_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural) + const char *logfilename; + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + int plural; +{ + static char *last_logfilename = NULL; + static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; + FILE *logfile; + + /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ + if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) + { + /* Close the last used logfile. */ + if (last_logfilename != NULL) + { + if (last_logfile != NULL) + { + fclose (last_logfile); + last_logfile = NULL; + } + free (last_logfilename); + last_logfilename = NULL; + } + /* Open the logfile. */ + last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); + if (last_logfilename == NULL) + return; + strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); + last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); + if (last_logfile == NULL) + return; + } + logfile = last_logfile; + + fprintf (logfile, "domain "); + print_escaped (logfile, domainname); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); + if (plural) + { + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); + } + else + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); + putc ('\n', logfile); +} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17a27f4aa --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include +#else +# include /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +#include + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NGETTEXT __ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/os2compat.c b/intl/os2compat.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8dc33e7c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility functions. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#define OS2_AWARE +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ +extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); + +char * +_nl_getenv (const char *name) +{ + unsigned char *value; + if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) + return NULL; + else + return value; +} + +/* A fixed size buffer. */ +char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; + +char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; + +static __attribute__((constructor)) void +nlos2_initialize () +{ + char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); + char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); + + _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_libdir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; + } + + _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + } + + _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localedir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; + } + + if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) + strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); +} diff --git a/intl/os2compat.h b/intl/os2compat.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f74e8c03 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility defines. + This file is intended to be included from config.h + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ +#ifndef OS2_AWARE + +#undef LIBDIR +#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir +extern char *_nlos2_libdir; + +#undef LOCALEDIR +#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir +extern char *_nlos2_localedir; + +#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH +#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath +extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; + +#endif + +#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP +#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 +#define strcasecmp stricmp +#define strncasecmp strnicmp + +/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ +#define getenv _nl_getenv + +/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ +#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) diff --git a/intl/osdep.c b/intl/osdep.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b37259838 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/osdep.c @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* OS dependent parts of libintl. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#if defined __EMX__ +# include "os2compat.c" +#else +/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ +typedef int dummy; +#endif diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.c b/intl/plural-exp.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c937c011a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.c @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural + form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ +static const struct expression plvar = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = var, +}; +static const struct expression plone = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = num, + .val = + { + .num = 1 + } +}; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = +{ + .nargs = 2, + .operation = not_equal, + .val = + { + .args = + { + [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, + [1] = (struct expression *) &plone + } + } +}; + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() + +#else + +/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: + Initialization at run-time. */ + +static struct expression plvar; +static struct expression plone; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; + +static void +init_germanic_plural () +{ + if (plone.val.num == 0) + { + plvar.nargs = 0; + plvar.operation = var; + + plone.nargs = 0; + plone.operation = num; + plone.val.num = 1; + + GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; + } +} + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () + +#endif + +void +internal_function +EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp) + const char *nullentry; + struct expression **pluralp; + unsigned long int *npluralsp; +{ + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *plural; + const char *nplurals; + + plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); + nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); + if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) + goto no_plural; + else + { + char *endp; + unsigned long int n; + struct parse_args args; + + /* First get the number. */ + nplurals += 9; + while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) + ++nplurals; + if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) + goto no_plural; +#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC + n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); +#else + for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) + n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); +#endif + if (nplurals == endp) + goto no_plural; + *npluralsp = n; + + /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the + scanner function we have to put the input string and the result + passed up from the parser into the same structure which address + is passed down to the parser. */ + plural += 7; + args.cp = plural; + if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) + goto no_plural; + *pluralp = args.res; + } + } + else + { + /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only + for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what + English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ + no_plural: + INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); + *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; + *npluralsp = 2; + } +} diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.h b/intl/plural-exp.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e5d16583 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H +#define _PLURAL_EXP_H + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + + +/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the + plural form. */ +struct expression +{ + int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ + enum operator + { + /* Without arguments: */ + var, /* The variable "n". */ + num, /* Decimal number. */ + /* Unary operators: */ + lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ + /* Binary operators: */ + mult, /* Multiplication. */ + divide, /* Division. */ + module, /* Modulo operation. */ + plus, /* Addition. */ + minus, /* Subtraction. */ + less_than, /* Comparison. */ + greater_than, /* Comparison. */ + less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ + not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ + land, /* Logical AND. */ + lor, /* Logical OR. */ + /* Ternary operators: */ + qmop /* Question mark operator. */ + } operation; + union + { + unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ + struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ + } val; +}; + +/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get + the result in a thread-safe way. */ +struct parse_args +{ + const char *cp; + struct expression *res; +}; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used + 1. in the GNU C Library library, + 2. in the GNU libintl library, + 3. in the GNU gettext tools. + The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for + binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, + 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, + 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names + must follow ANSI C and not start with __. + So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural +#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) +# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression +# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression +#endif + +extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) + internal_function; +extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg)); +extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; +extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry, + struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp)) + internal_function; + +#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) +extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n)); +#endif + +#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a4fa20ca --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.c @@ -0,0 +1,1518 @@ +/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y + by GNU bison 1.35. */ + +#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ + +#define yyparse __gettextparse +#define yylex __gettextlex +#define yyerror __gettexterror +#define yylval __gettextlval +#define yychar __gettextchar +#define yydebug __gettextdebug +#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs +# define EQUOP2 257 +# define CMPOP2 258 +# define ADDOP2 259 +# define MULOP2 260 +# define NUMBER 261 + +#line 1 "plural.y" + +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this + declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's + skeleton file comes too late. This must come before + because may include arbitrary system headers. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg + +#line 49 "plural.y" +#ifndef YYSTYPE +typedef union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} yystype; +# define YYSTYPE yystype +# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 +#endif +#line 55 "plural.y" + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, + struct expression * const *args)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *right)); +static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *left, + struct expression *right)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, + struct expression *fbranch)); +static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); +static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (nargs, op, args) + int nargs; + enum operator op; + struct expression * const *args; +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (op) + enum operator op; +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (op, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (op, left, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *left; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) + enum operator op; + struct expression *bexp; + struct expression *tbranch; + struct expression *fbranch; +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +#ifndef YYDEBUG +# define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif + + + +#define YYFINAL 27 +#define YYFLAG -32768 +#define YYNTBASE 16 + +/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) + +/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +static const char yytranslate[] = +{ + 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, + 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 11 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG +static const short yyprhs[] = +{ + 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, + 35, 37, 39 +}; +static const short yyrhs[] = +{ + 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, + 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, + 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, + 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, + 17, 15, 0 +}; + +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG +/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ +static const short yyrline[] = +{ + 0, 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, + 214, 218, 223 +}; +#endif + + +#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE + +/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */ +static const char *const yytname[] = +{ + "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", + "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", + "start", "exp", 0 +}; +#endif + +/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ +static const short yyr1[] = +{ + 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, + 17, 17, 17 +}; + +/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ +static const short yyr2[] = +{ + 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, + 1, 1, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE + doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an + error. */ +static const short yydefact[] = +{ + 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 +}; + +static const short yydefgoto[] = +{ + 25, 5 +}; + +static const short yypact[] = +{ + -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, + -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, + 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 +}; + +static const short yypgoto[] = +{ + -32768, -1 +}; + + +#define YYLAST 53 + + +static const short yytable[] = +{ + 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, + 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, + 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 27 +}; + +static const short yycheck[] = +{ + 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 0 +}; +#define YYPURE 1 + +/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ +#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" + +/* Skeleton output parser for bison, + + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a + Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation + in version 1.24 of Bison. */ + +/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when + the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. + It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser + used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ + +/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid + infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local + variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. + There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to + define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON + USER NAME SPACE" below. */ + +#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) + +/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ + +# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# else +# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H) +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# else +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC + /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ +# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0) +# else +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# include /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# endif +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc +# define YYSTACK_FREE free +# endif +#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ + + +#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \ + && (! defined (__cplusplus) \ + || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) + +/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ +union yyalloc +{ + short yyss; + YYSTYPE yyvs; +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yyls; +# endif +}; + +/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ +# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) + +/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with + N elements. */ +# if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ + + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) +# else +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) +# endif + +/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do + not overlap. */ +# ifndef YYCOPY +# if 1 < __GNUC__ +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) +# else +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + do \ + { \ + register YYSIZE_T yyi; \ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ + (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ + } \ + while (0) +# endif +# endif + +/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The + local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of + elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the + stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next + stack. */ +# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ + YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ + Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ + yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \ + yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif + + +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__) +# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t) +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# include /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# endif +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) +# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int +#endif + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY -2 +#define YYEOF 0 +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily + to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) +#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ + { \ + yychar = (Token); \ + yylval = (Value); \ + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ + YYPOPSTACK; \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \ + YYERROR; \ + } \ +while (0) + +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + + +/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions + are run). + + When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the + first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend + its range to the last symbol. */ + +#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT +# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ + Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ + Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; +#endif + + +/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ + +#if YYPURE +# if YYLSP_NEEDED +# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) +# else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc) +# endif +# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ +# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) +# else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) +# endif +# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ +#else /* !YYPURE */ +# define YYLEX yylex () +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + + +/* Enable debugging if requested. */ +#if YYDEBUG + +# ifndef YYFPRINTF +# include /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYFPRINTF fprintf +# endif + +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + YYFPRINTF Args; \ +} while (0) +/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that + multiple parsers can coexist. */ +int yydebug; +#else /* !YYDEBUG */ +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) +#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ + +/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +# define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only + if the built-in stack extension method is used). + + Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if + SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) + evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ + +#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 +# undef YYMAXDEPTH +#endif + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + +# ifndef yystrlen +# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) +# define yystrlen strlen +# else +/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ +static YYSIZE_T +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +yystrlen (const char *yystr) +# else +yystrlen (yystr) + const char *yystr; +# endif +{ + register const char *yys = yystr; + + while (*yys++ != '\0') + continue; + + return yys - yystr - 1; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yystpcpy +# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE) +# define yystpcpy stpcpy +# else +/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in + YYDEST. */ +static char * +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) +# else +yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) + char *yydest; + const char *yysrc; +# endif +{ + register char *yyd = yydest; + register const char *yys = yysrc; + + while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') + continue; + + return yyd - 1; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" + + +/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed + into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. + It should actually point to an object. + Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it + to the proper pointer type. */ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +# else +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +# endif +#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ + +/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +int yyparse (void *); +# else +int yyparse (void); +# endif +#endif + +/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser, + variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */ + +#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ +/* The lookahead symbol. */ \ +int yychar; \ + \ +/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \ +YYSTYPE yylval; \ + \ +/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \ +int yynerrs; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ +YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ + \ +/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \ +YYLTYPE yylloc; +#else +# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ +YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES +#endif + + +/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */ + +#if !YYPURE +YY_DECL_VARIABLES +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + +int +yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) + YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +{ + /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */ +#if YYPURE + YY_DECL_VARIABLES +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + + register int yystate; + register int yyn; + int yyresult; + /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ + int yyerrstatus; + /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ + int yychar1 = 0; + + /* Three stacks and their tools: + `yyss': related to states, + `yyvs': related to semantic values, + `yyls': related to locations. + + Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow + to reallocate them elsewhere. */ + + /* The state stack. */ + short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; + short *yyss = yyssa; + register short *yyssp; + + /* The semantic value stack. */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; + register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + /* The location stack. */ + YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; + YYLTYPE *yylsp; +#endif + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) +#else +# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) +#endif + + YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + + + /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the + action routines. */ + YYSTYPE yyval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yyloc; +#endif + + /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced + rule. */ + int yylen; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + + /* Initialize stack pointers. + Waste one element of value and location stack + so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. + The wasted elements are never initialized. */ + + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls; +#endif + goto yysetstate; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------. +| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | +`------------------------------------------------------------*/ + yynewstate: + /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. + */ + yyssp++; + + yysetstate: + *yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of + these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into + memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + short *yyss1 = yyss; + + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the + data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; + /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, + but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), + &yystacksize); + yyls = yyls1; +# else + yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yystacksize); +# endif + yyss = yyss1; + yyvs = yyvs1; + } +#else /* no yyoverflow */ +# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + goto yyoverflowlab; +# else + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) + goto yyoverflowlab; + yystacksize *= 2; + if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; + + { + short *yyss1 = yyss; + union yyalloc *yyptr = + (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); + if (! yyptr) + goto yyoverflowlab; + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls); +# endif +# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + if (yyss1 != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); + } +# endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; +#endif + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + YYABORT; + } + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); + + goto yybackup; + + +/*-----------. +| yybackup. | +`-----------*/ +yybackup: + +/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ +/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ +/* yyresume: */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF + or a valid token in external form. */ + + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ + + if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ + { + yychar1 = 0; + yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); + } + else + { + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + +#if YYDEBUG + /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables + which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ + if (yydebug) + { + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", + yychar, yytname[yychar1]); + /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise + meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ +# ifdef YYPRINT + YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); +# endif + YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n"); + } +#endif + } + + yyn += yychar1; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) + goto yydefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + + /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. + Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. + Positive => shift, yyn is new state. + New state is final state => don't bother to shift, + just return success. + 0, or most negative number => error. */ + + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", + yychar, yytname[yychar1])); + + /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ + if (yychar != YYEOF) + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error + status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) + yyerrstatus--; + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------. +| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | +`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +yydefault: + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + goto yyreduce; + + +/*-----------------------------. +| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | +`-----------------------------*/ +yyreduce: + /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + + /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: + `$$ = $1'. + + Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of + the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison + users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL + unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a + GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional + commands if for instance locations are ranges. */ + yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen]; + YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which + are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ + if (yydebug) + { + int yyi; + + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", + yyn, yyrline[yyn]); + + /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ + for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); + } +#endif + + switch (yyn) { + +case 1: +#line 175 "plural.y" +{ + if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; + } + break; +case 2: +#line 183 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 3: +#line 187 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 4: +#line 191 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 5: +#line 195 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 6: +#line 199 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 7: +#line 203 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 8: +#line 207 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 9: +#line 211 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 10: +#line 215 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); + } + break; +case 11: +#line 219 "plural.y" +{ + if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; + } + break; +case 12: +#line 224 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; + } + break; +} + +#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" + + + yyvsp -= yylen; + yyssp -= yylen; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp -= yylen; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now"); + while (yyssp1 != yyssp) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + + *++yyvsp = yyval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yyloc; +#endif + + /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state + that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule + number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; + if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | +`------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab: + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + if (!yyerrstatus) + { + ++yynerrs; + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + + if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) + { + YYSIZE_T yysize = 0; + char *yymsg; + int yyx, yycount; + + yycount = 0; + /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in + YYCHECK. */ + for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) + yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++; + yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1; + yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); + yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize); + if (yymsg != 0) + { + char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected "); + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); + + if (yycount < 5) + { + yycount = 0; + for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); + yyx++) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) + { + const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or "; + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq); + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]); + yycount++; + } + } + yyerror (yymsg); + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); + } + else + yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted"); + } + else +#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ + yyerror ("parse error"); + } + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*--------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action | +`--------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab1: + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an + error, discard it. */ + + /* return failure if at end of input */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", + yychar, yytname[yychar1])); + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error + token. */ + + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ + + goto yyerrhandle; + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the | +| error token. | +`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrdefault: +#if 0 + /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens + should shift them. */ + + /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */ + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn) + goto yydefault; +#endif + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the | +| error token | +`---------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrpop: + if (yyssp == yyss) + YYABORT; + yyvsp--; + yystate = *--yyssp; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp--; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); + while (yyssp1 != yyssp) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + +/*--------------. +| yyerrhandle. | +`--------------*/ +yyerrhandle: + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrpop; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrpop; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, ")); + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-------------------------------------. +| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | +`-------------------------------------*/ +yyacceptlab: + yyresult = 0; + goto yyreturn; + +/*-----------------------------------. +| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | +`-----------------------------------*/ +yyabortlab: + yyresult = 1; + goto yyreturn; + +/*---------------------------------------------. +| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. | +`---------------------------------------------*/ +yyoverflowlab: + yyerror ("parser stack overflow"); + yyresult = 2; + /* Fall through. */ + +yyreturn: +#ifndef yyoverflow + if (yyss != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); +#endif + return yyresult; +} +#line 229 "plural.y" + + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) + struct expression *exp; +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (lval, pexp) + YYSTYPE *lval; + const char **pexp; +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (str) + const char *str; +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y new file mode 100644 index 000000000..616b7c11a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.y @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ +%{ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this + declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's + skeleton file comes too late. This must come before + because may include arbitrary system headers. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg +%} +%pure_parser +%expect 7 + +%union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} + +%{ +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, + struct expression * const *args)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *right)); +static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *left, + struct expression *right)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, + struct expression *fbranch)); +static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); +static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (nargs, op, args) + int nargs; + enum operator op; + struct expression * const *args; +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (op) + enum operator op; +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (op, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (op, left, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *left; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) + enum operator op; + struct expression *bexp; + struct expression *tbranch; + struct expression *fbranch; +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +%} + +/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the + precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. + There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. + Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single + token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ +%right '?' /* ? */ +%left '|' /* || */ +%left '&' /* && */ +%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ +%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ +%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ +%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ +%right '!' /* ! */ + +%token EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 +%token NUMBER +%type exp + +%% + +start: exp + { + if ($1 == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; + } + ; + +exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); + } + | exp '|' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); + } + | exp '&' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); + } + | exp EQUOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp CMPOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp ADDOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp MULOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | '!' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); + } + | 'n' + { + $$ = new_exp_0 (var); + } + | NUMBER + { + if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + $$->val.num = $1; + } + | '(' exp ')' + { + $$ = $2; + } + ; + +%% + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) + struct expression *exp; +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (lval, pexp) + YYSTYPE *lval; + const char **pexp; +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (str) + const char *str; +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/relocatable.c b/intl/relocatable.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16f79a528 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.c @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible , 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + + +/* Tell glibc's to provide a prototype for getline(). + This must come before because may include + , and once has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "relocatable.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC +# define xmalloc malloc +#else +# include "xmalloc.h" +#endif + +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET +# include +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV +# include +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS +# include +#endif + +/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ +#undef bool +#undef false +#undef true +#define bool int +#define false 0 +#define true 1 + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 +#endif + +/* Original installation prefix. */ +static char *orig_prefix; +static size_t orig_prefix_len; +/* Current installation prefix. */ +static char *curr_prefix; +static size_t curr_prefix_len; +/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated + to them must start with a slash. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +static void +set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, + const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL + /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the + relocation is a nop. */ + && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) + { + /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ + char *memory; + + orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); + curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); + memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (memory != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); + orig_prefix = memory; + memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; + memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); + curr_prefix = memory; + return; + } + } + orig_prefix = NULL; + curr_prefix = NULL; + /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only + called once. */ +} + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +void +set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); + + /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET + libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 + libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +} + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBRARY +#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix +static +#endif +const char * +compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname) +{ + const char *curr_installdir; + const char *rel_installdir; + + if (curr_pathname == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. + This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and + orig_installdir. */ + if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) + != 0) + /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ + return NULL; + rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); + + /* Determine the current installation directory. */ + { + const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); + const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); + char *q; + + while (p > p_base) + { + p--; + if (ISSLASH (*p)) + break; + } + + q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (q == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); + q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; + curr_installdir = q; + } + + /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing + rel_installdir from it. */ + { + const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); + const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); + const char *cp_base = + curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); + + while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) + { + bool same = false; + const char *rpi = rp; + const char *cpi = cp; + + while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) + { + rpi--; + cpi--; + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) + { + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) + same = true; + break; + } +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ + if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) + != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) + break; +#else + if (*rpi != *cpi) + break; +#endif + } + if (!same) + break; + /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point + to the slash before it. */ + rp = rpi; + cp = cpi; + } + + if (rp > rel_installdir) + /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ + return NULL; + + { + size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; + char *curr_prefix; + + curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (curr_prefix == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); + curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; + + return curr_prefix; + } + } +} + +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + +/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ +static char *shared_library_fullname; + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ + +/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ + +BOOL WINAPI +DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) +{ + (void) reserved; + + if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) + { + /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ + static char location[MAX_PATH]; + + if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +#else /* Unix */ + +static void +find_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#ifdef __linux__ + FILE *fp; + + /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ + fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); + if (fp) + { + unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; + for (;;) + { + unsigned long start, end; + int c; + + if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) + break; + if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) + { + /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') + continue; + if (c == '/') + { + size_t size; + int len; + + ungetc (c, fp); + shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; + len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); + if (len >= 0) + { + /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ + if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') + shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; + } + } + break; + } + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') + continue; + } + fclose (fp); + } +#endif +} + +#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */ + +/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. + Return NULL if unknown. + Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */ +static char * +get_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) + static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; + if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) + { + find_shared_library_fullname (); + tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; + } +#endif + return shared_library_fullname; +} + +#endif /* PIC */ + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +const char * +relocate (const char *pathname) +{ +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + static int initialized; + + /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ + if (!initialized) + { + /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been + set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir + function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has + initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do + better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed + in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) + to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from + orig_prefix. */ + const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; + const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; + const char *curr_prefix_better; + + curr_prefix_better = + compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, + get_shared_library_fullname ()); + if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) + curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; + + set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); + + initialized = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, + even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was + typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came + from. */ + if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL + && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) + { + if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') + /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ + return curr_prefix; + if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) + { + /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ + const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; + char *result = + (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (result != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); + strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); + return result; + } + } + } + /* Nothing to relocate. */ + return pathname; +} + +#endif diff --git a/intl/relocatable.h b/intl/relocatable.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d141200a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible , 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H +#define _RELOCATABLE_H + +/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) + in any case. */ +#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void + set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); + +/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct + a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls + relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname); + +#else + +/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ +#define relocate(pathname) (pathname) + +#endif + +#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f259c696d --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/textdomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include +#endif + +#include +#include + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ +# include +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Name of the default text domain. */ +extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; + +/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +char * +TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) + const char *domainname; +{ + char *new_domain; + char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) + { + _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + } + else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) + /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some + environment variable changed. */ + new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + new_domain = strdup (domainname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); + if (new_domain != NULL) + memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); +#endif + + if (new_domain != NULL) + _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + + /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs + since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we + to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ + if (new_domain != NULL) + { + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + free (old_domain); + } + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + + return new_domain; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); +#endif diff --git a/m4/codeset.m4 b/m4/codeset.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59535ebcf --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/codeset.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], + [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);], + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes, + am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no) + ]) + if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1, + [Define if you have and nl_langinfo(CODESET).]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/gettext.m4 b/m4/gettext.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16070b40a --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/gettext.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ +# gettext.m4 serial 20 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. + +dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext. + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]). +dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The +dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'. +dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory, +dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory. +dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, +dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of +dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library +dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. +dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext +dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function +dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is +dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't +dnl support the ISO C 99 formatstring macros will be ignored. +dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, +dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. +dnl +dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: +dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled +dnl and used. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. +dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) +dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree +dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. +dnl Catalog format: none +dnl Catalog extension: none +dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur. +dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the +dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), +dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the +dnl maintainers. +dnl +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], +[ + dnl Argument checking. + ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], , + [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT +])])])])]) + ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], , + [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT +])])])]) + define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes])) + define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], [])) + + AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl + ]) + + dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + + dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. + dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the + dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + dnl if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then + dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT + dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code + dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions: + dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'. + dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE. + dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not + dnl documented, we avoid it. + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ + AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) + ]) + + dnl Set USE_NLS. + AM_NLS + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no + ]) + LIBINTL= + LTLIBINTL= + POSUB= + + dnl If we use NLS figure out what method + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) + AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, + [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, + nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) + AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) + + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" + if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then + ]) + dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what + dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have + dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. + + dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. + define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], 3, ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1))) + define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc]) + define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include +]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], +[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes, + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)]) + + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then + dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ + AM_ICONV_LINK + ]) + dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL + dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv]) + dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL + dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, + [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" + gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" + dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv. + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], +[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +const char *_nl_expand_alias ();], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)], + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes, + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no) + dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv. + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +]ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], +[#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) +#endif +changequote(,)dnl +typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; +changequote([,])dnl +], [])[extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +const char *_nl_expand_alias ();], + [bindtextdomain ("", ""); +return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)], + [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" + LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" + gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes + ]) + fi + CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) + fi + + dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, + dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU + dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this + dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \ + || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ + && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then + gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes + else + dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl. + LIBINTL= + LTLIBINTL= + INCINTL= + fi + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then + dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. + dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library. + nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes + fi + fi + + if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV" + LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV" + LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` + fi + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools. + CATOBJEXT=.gmo + fi + ]) + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ + || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then + AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1, + [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language + is requested.]) + else + USE_NLS=no + fi + fi + + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from]) + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + gt_source="external libintl" + else + gt_source="libc" + fi + else + gt_source="included intl directory" + fi + AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source]) + fi + + if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then + + if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then + if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL]) + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL]) + fi + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this. + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1, + [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) + fi + + dnl We need to process the po/ directory. + POSUB=po + fi + + ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ + dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL + dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. + if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then + BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes + fi + + dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. + nls_cv_header_intl= + nls_cv_header_libgt= + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + DATADIRNAME=share + AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INSTOBJEXT=.mo + AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + GENCAT=gencat + AC_SUBST(GENCAT) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then + INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" + fi + AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) + + dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. + INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix + AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX) + ]) + + dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. + INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" + AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) + + dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf. + AC_SUBST(LIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL) + AC_SUBST(POSUB) +]) + + +dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory, +dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS, +dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL. +AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl + + AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ +stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) + AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \ +geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \ +strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ +__fsetlocking]) + + AM_ICONV + AM_LANGINFO_CODESET + if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then + AM_LC_MESSAGES + fi + + dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison, + dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least + dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't + dnl compile. + dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in + dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put + dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the + dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will + dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not + dnl present or too old. + AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison]) + if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then + ac_verc_fail=yes + else + dnl Found it, now check the version. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison]) +changequote(<<,>>)dnl + ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'` + case $ac_prog_version in + '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + 1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*) +changequote([,])dnl + ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;; + *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;; + esac + AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version]) + fi + if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then + INTLBISON=: + fi +]) + + +dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) diff --git a/m4/glibc21.m4 b/m4/glibc21.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c9f3db30 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/glibc21.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer. +# From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21], + [ + AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer, + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1, + [AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user], + [ +#include +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ + #if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2) + Lucky GNU user + #endif +#endif + ], + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes, + ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no) + ] + ) + AC_SUBST(GLIBC21) + GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1" + ] +) diff --git a/m4/iconv.m4 b/m4/iconv.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5f357982 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/iconv.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY], +[ + dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + + dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV + dnl accordingly. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv]) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK], +[ + dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and + dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). + + dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV + dnl accordingly. + AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) + + dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, + dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use + dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first + dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed. + am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV]) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [ + am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" + am_cv_lib_iconv=no + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +#include ], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then + am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" + AC_TRY_LINK([#include +#include ], + [iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); + iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); + iconv_close(cd);], + am_cv_lib_iconv=yes + am_cv_func_iconv=yes) + LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" + fi + ]) + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.]) + fi + if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV]) + else + dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV + dnl either. + CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIBICONV= + LTLIBICONV= + fi + AC_SUBST(LIBICONV) + AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], +[ + AM_ICONV_LINK + if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) + AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([ +#include +#include +extern +#ifdef __cplusplus +"C" +#endif +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) +size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); +#else +size_t iconv(); +#endif +], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const") + am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) + am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:- + }[$]am_cv_proto_iconv) + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1, + [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/intdiv0.m4 b/m4/intdiv0.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55dddcf1c --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/intdiv0.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE], + gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe, + [ + AC_TRY_RUN([ +#include +#include + +static void +#ifdef __cplusplus +sigfpe_handler (int sig) +#else +sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig; +#endif +{ + /* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */ + exit (sig != SIGFPE); +} + +int x = 1; +int y = 0; +int z; +int nan; + +int main () +{ + signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler); +/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */ +#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP) + signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler); +#endif +/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */ +#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__) + signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler); +#endif + + z = x / y; + nan = y / y; + exit (1); +} +], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no, + [ + # Guess based on the CPU. + case "$host_cpu" in + alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*) + gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";; + *) + gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";; + esac + ]) + ]) + case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in + *yes) value=1;; + *) value=0;; + esac + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value, + [Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.]) +]) diff --git a/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 b/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd007c312 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/inttypes-pri.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if exists and defines the PRI* +# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3. + +AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken], + gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken, + [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include +#ifdef PRId32 +char *p = PRId32; +#endif +], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes) + ]) + fi + if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1, + [Define if exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/inttypes.m4 b/m4/inttypes.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab370ffe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/inttypes.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if exists and doesn't clash with +# . + +AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h, + [ + AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [#include +#include ], + [], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no) + ]) + if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1, + [Define if exists and doesn't clash with .]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/inttypes_h.m4 b/m4/inttypes_h.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f342eba39 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/inttypes_h.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# inttypes_h.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if exists, +# doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [#include +#include ], + [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], + jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, + jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)]) + if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, + [Define if exists, doesn't clash with , + and declares uintmax_t. ]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/isc-posix.m4 b/m4/isc-posix.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1319dd1c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/isc-posix.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005. + +# This test replaces the one in autoconf. +# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro +# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package) +# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader +# give these diagnostics: +# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX +# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX + +undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX]) + +AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX], + [ + dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge. + AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"]) + ] +) diff --git a/m4/lcmessage.m4 b/m4/lcmessage.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffd4008b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/lcmessage.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# lcmessage.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.11.3) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995. + +# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . + +AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, + [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], + am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) + if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1, + [Define if your file defines LC_MESSAGES.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/lib-ld.m4 b/m4/lib-ld.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11d0ce773 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/lib-ld.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# lib-ld.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4, +dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision +dnl with libtool.m4. + +dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU], +[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld, +[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. +if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then + acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes +else + acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no +fi]) +with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld +]) + +dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD], +[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld, +[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]], +test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no) +AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl +AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl +# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi +ac_prog=ld +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC]) + case $host in + *-*-mingw*) + # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; + *) + ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; + esac + case $ac_prog in + # Accept absolute paths. + [[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)] + [re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'] + # Canonicalize the path of ld + ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` + while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do + ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` + done + test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" + ;; + "") + # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. + ac_prog=ld + ;; + *) + # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. + with_gnu_ld=unknown + ;; + esac +elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) +else + AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) +fi +AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD, +[if test -z "$LD"; then + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then + acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" + # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, + # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. + # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. + if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then + test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break + else + test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break + fi + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +else + acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. +fi]) +LD="$acl_cv_path_LD" +if test -n "$LD"; then + AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) +AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU +]) diff --git a/m4/lib-link.m4 b/m4/lib-link.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eeb200d26 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/lib-link.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +# lib-link.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and +dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. +dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and +dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) + define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], + [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) + AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [ + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) + ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME" + ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME" + ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME" + ]) + LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs" + LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs" + INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) + dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the + dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency. + HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes + undefine([Name]) + undefine([NAME]) +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode) +dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and +dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and +dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it +dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and +dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and +dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs +dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) + define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])]) + define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], + [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) + + dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME + dnl accordingly. + AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) + + dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, + dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use + dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it. + ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" + AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) + + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [ + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" + LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" + AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no]) + LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + ]) + if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then + HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes + AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.]) + AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1]) + AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME]) + else + HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no + dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need + dnl $INC[]NAME either. + CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS" + LIB[]NAME= + LTLIB[]NAME= + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) + AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) + undefine([Name]) + undefine([NAME]) +]) + +dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath: +dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator, +dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [ + CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \ + ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh + . ./conftest.sh + rm -f ./conftest.sh + acl_cv_rpath=done + ]) + wl="$acl_cv_wl" + libext="$acl_cv_libext" + shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext" + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" + hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator" + hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct" + hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L" + dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all. + AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath, + [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths], + :, enable_rpath=yes) +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and +dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. +dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], +[ + define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-], + [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])]) + dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. + use_additional=yes + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix], +[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib + --without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir], +[ + if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then + use_additional=no + else + if test "X$withval" = "X"; then + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + else + additional_includedir="$withval/include" + additional_libdir="$withval/lib" + fi + fi +]) + dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and + dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach. + LIB[]NAME= + LTLIB[]NAME= + INC[]NAME= + rpathdirs= + ltrpathdirs= + names_already_handled= + names_next_round='$1 $2' + while test -n "$names_next_round"; do + names_this_round="$names_next_round" + names_next_round= + for name in $names_this_round; do + already_handled= + for n in $names_already_handled; do + if test "$n" = "$name"; then + already_handled=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$already_handled"; then + names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" + dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS + dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call. + uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'` + eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" + if test -n "$value"; then + if test "$value" = yes; then + eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" + test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value" + eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" + test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value" + else + dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined + dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it. + : + fi + else + dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS + dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME. + found_dir= + found_la= + found_so= + found_a= + if test $use_additional = yes; then + if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + found_dir="$additional_libdir" + found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" + fi + else + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then + found_dir="$additional_libdir" + found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext" + if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la" + fi + fi + fi + fi + if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then + for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + case "$x" in + -L*) + dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` + if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then + found_dir="$dir" + found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" + fi + else + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then + found_dir="$dir" + found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext" + if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then + found_la="$dir/lib$name.la" + fi + fi + fi + ;; + esac + if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then + break + fi + done + fi + if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then + dnl Found the library. + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" + if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then + dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its + dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the + dnl standard /usr/lib. + if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then + dnl No hardcoding is needed. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + else + dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting + dnl binary. + dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. + dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $ltrpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" + fi + dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent. + if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then + dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the + dnl resulting binary. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + else + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then + dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting + dnl binary. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. + dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $rpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" + fi + else + dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir". + dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS + dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir" + fi + if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then + dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use + dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" + dnl here. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" + else + dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH + dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the + dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only + dnl very old systems. + dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use + dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" + dnl here. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" + fi + fi + fi + fi + else + if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then + dnl Linking with a static library. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a" + else + dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a + dnl fallback. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" + fi + fi + dnl Assume the include files are nearby. + additional_includedir= + case "$found_dir" in + */lib | */lib/) + basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'` + additional_includedir="$basedir/include" + ;; + esac + if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then + dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, + dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already + dnl constructed $INCNAME, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then + haveit= + if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. + INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi + dnl Look for dependencies. + if test -n "$found_la"; then + dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables + dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current, + dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir. + save_libdir="$libdir" + case "$found_la" in + */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; + *) . "./$found_la" ;; + esac + libdir="$save_libdir" + dnl We use only dependency_libs. + for dep in $dependency_libs; do + case "$dep" in + -L*) + additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` + dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, + dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already + dnl constructed $LIBNAME, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then + haveit= + if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" + fi + fi + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME. + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + ;; + -R*) + dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` + if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then + dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. + dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $rpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" + fi + dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. + dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. + haveit= + for x in $ltrpathdirs; do + if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" + fi + fi + ;; + -l*) + dnl Handle this in the next round. + names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` + ;; + *.la) + dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's + dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L + dnl option. + names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` + ;; + *) + dnl Most likely an immediate library name. + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" + ;; + esac + done + fi + else + dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories + dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system + dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the + dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.) + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" + fi + fi + fi + done + done + if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then + if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then + dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must + dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a + dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used. + alldirs= + for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do + alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" + done + dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl. + acl_save_libdir="$libdir" + libdir="$alldirs" + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + libdir="$acl_save_libdir" + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" + else + dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. + for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do + acl_save_libdir="$libdir" + libdir="$found_dir" + eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" + libdir="$acl_save_libdir" + LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" + done + fi + fi + if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then + dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and + dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative. + for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do + LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir" + done + fi +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR, +dnl unless already present in VAR. +dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes +dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR], +[ + for element in [$2]; do + haveit= + for x in $[$1]; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element" + fi + done +]) diff --git a/m4/lib-prefix.m4 b/m4/lib-prefix.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26874b267 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/lib-prefix.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +# lib-prefix.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12.2) +dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Bruno Haible. + +dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and +dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't +dnl require excessive bracketing. +ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING], +[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])], +[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) + +dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed +dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that +dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed +dnl with the same --prefix option. +dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate +dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], +[ + AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) + AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) + dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. + use_additional=yes + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix], +[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib + --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir], +[ + if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then + use_additional=no + else + if test "X$withval" = "X"; then + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ + eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" + eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" + ]) + else + additional_includedir="$withval/include" + additional_libdir="$withval/lib" + fi + fi +]) + if test $use_additional = yes; then + dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, + dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS, + dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then + haveit= + for x in $CPPFLAGS; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. + CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. + dnl But don't add it + dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, + dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS, + dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, + dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. + if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then + haveit= + for x in $LDFLAGS; do + AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) + if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then + haveit=yes + break + fi + done + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then + if test -n "$GCC"; then + case $host_os in + linux*) haveit=yes;; + esac + fi + fi + if test -z "$haveit"; then + if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then + dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. + LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir" + fi + fi + fi + fi + fi +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix, +dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and +dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX], +[ + dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined + dnl at the end of configure. + if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then + acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" + else + acl_final_prefix="$prefix" + fi + if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then + acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}' + else + acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" + fi + acl_save_prefix="$prefix" + prefix="$acl_final_prefix" + eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\" + prefix="$acl_save_prefix" +]) + +dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the +dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have +dnl at the end of the configure script. +AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX], +[ + acl_save_prefix="$prefix" + prefix="$acl_final_prefix" + acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" + exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" + $1 + exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" + prefix="$acl_save_prefix" +]) diff --git a/m4/nls.m4 b/m4/nls.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36bc49317 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/nls.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# nls.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. + +AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], +[ + AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) + dnl Default is enabled NLS + AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, + [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], + USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) + AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) + AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) +]) + +AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS], +[ + dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly + dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir). + dnl Try to locate it. + MKINSTALLDIRS= + if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then + case "$ac_aux_dir" in + /*) MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;; + *) MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_builddir)/$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" ;; + esac + fi + if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then + MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" + fi + AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) +]) diff --git a/m4/po.m4 b/m4/po.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..861e3dec3 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/po.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +# po.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. +dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. + +dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory. +AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl + + dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given, + dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work. + + dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. + dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions. + dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], + :) + AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) + + dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH. + dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions. + dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], + :) + dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. + rm -f messages.po + + dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH. + AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, + [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :) + + dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. + dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt. + if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then + : ; + else + GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'` + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it]) + GMSGFMT=":" + fi + fi + + dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it. + dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. + if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then + dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the + dnl Makefiles still can work. + if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 && + (if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then + : ; + else + AC_MSG_RESULT( + [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) + XGETTEXT=":" + fi + dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. + rm -f messages.po + fi + + AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([ + for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + esac + # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. + case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then + rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" + cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" + POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" + # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend + # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration + # parameters. + if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then + # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. + if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" + fi + ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` + # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' + POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" + else + # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. + eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' + fi + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdirpre= ;; + *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; + esac + POFILES= + GMOFILES= + UPDATEPOFILES= + DUMMYPOFILES= + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" + UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" + DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" + done + # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS + # environment variable. + INST_LINGUAS= + if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then + for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + useit=no + if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then + desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" + else + desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" + fi + for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do + # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is + # a. equal to presentlang, or + # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, + # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages + # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). + case "$desiredlang" in + "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; + esac + done + if test $useit = yes; then + INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" + fi + done + fi + CATALOGS= + if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then + for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do + CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" + done + fi + test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" + sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" + for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do + if test -f "$f"; then + case "$f" in + *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; + *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; + esac + fi + done + fi + ;; + esac + done], + [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute + # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it + # from automake. + eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' + # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. + LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" + ]) +]) diff --git a/m4/progtest.m4 b/m4/progtest.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fe527cec --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/progtest.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# progtest.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. +dnl +dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under +dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public +dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +dnl functionality. +dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered +dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU +dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License. +dnl They are *not* in the public domain. + +dnl Authors: +dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1996. + +# Search path for a program which passes the given test. + +dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, +dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], +[ +# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + +# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, +# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. +cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF +#! /bin/sh +exit 0 +_ASEOF +chmod +x conf$$.file +if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_executable_p="test -x" +else + ac_executable_p="test -f" +fi +rm -f conf$$.file + +# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) +AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, +[case "[$]$1" in + [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) + ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. + ;; + *) + ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR + for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if [$3]; then + ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" +dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, +dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. +ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" +])dnl + ;; +esac])dnl +$1="$ac_cv_path_$1" +if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then + AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) +else + AC_MSG_RESULT(no) +fi +AC_SUBST($1)dnl +]) diff --git a/m4/stdint_h.m4 b/m4/stdint_h.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32ba7ae77 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/stdint_h.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# stdint_h.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if exists, +# doesn't clash with , and declares uintmax_t. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE( + [#include +#include ], + [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1;], + jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=yes, + jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h=no)]) + if test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1, + [Define if exists, doesn't clash with , + and declares uintmax_t. ]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/uintmax_t.m4 b/m4/uintmax_t.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5f28d440 --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/uintmax_t.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# uintmax_t.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.12) +dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +AC_PREREQ(2.13) + +# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long' +# if it is not already defined in or . + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T], +[ + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) + if test $jm_ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $jm_ac_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG]) + test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \ + && ac_type='unsigned long long' \ + || ac_type='unsigned long' + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type, + [Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long + if and don't define.]) + else + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1, + [Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in or .]) + fi +]) diff --git a/m4/ulonglong.m4 b/m4/ulonglong.m4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c375e474c --- /dev/null +++ b/m4/ulonglong.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# ulonglong.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.0.32, gettext-0.10.40) +dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU +dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General +dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program +dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under +dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program. + +dnl From Paul Eggert. + +AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long, + [AC_TRY_LINK([unsigned long long ull = 1; int i = 63;], + [unsigned long long ullmax = (unsigned long long) -1; + return ull << i | ull >> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;], + ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes, + ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)]) + if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then + AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1, + [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.]) + fi +]) diff --git a/po/LINGUAS b/po/LINGUAS new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b418cf26d --- /dev/null +++ b/po/LINGUAS @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# Set of available languages. +# we have disabled most of them for now. +en@quot en@boldquot +#ca cs +#da +de +#eo el es et +#fi fr +#gl +#hu +#id it +#ja +#nl +#pl +#pt_BR pt +#sk sv +#tr +#zh_TW" diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27b721aa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makefile.in.in @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. +# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 by Ulrich Drepper +# +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public +# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +# functionality. +# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU +# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain. + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh +@SET_MAKE@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = $(datadir)/locale +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS) + +GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ +MSGMERGE = msgmerge +MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update +MSGINIT = msginit +MSGCONV = msgconv +MSGFILTER = msgfilter + +POFILES = @POFILES@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@ +DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@ +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \ +$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3) +DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po \ +$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \ +$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3) + +POTFILES = \ + +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ + +# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!) + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update + +.po.mo: + @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \ + $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@ + +.po.gmo: + @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \ + cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo + +.sin.sed: + sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + + +all: all-@USE_NLS@ + +all-yes: stamp-po +all-no: + +# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have +# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator +# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS, +# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent +# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary +# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for +# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be +# changed. +stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot + test -z "$(CATALOGS)" || $(MAKE) $(CATALOGS) + @echo "touch stamp-po" + @echo timestamp > stamp-poT + @mv stamp-poT stamp-po + +# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update', +# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source +# have been downloaded. + +# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation. +# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. +$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed + $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ + --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \ + --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ + --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ + --msgid-bugs-address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' + test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ + sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \ + sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \ + if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \ + mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ + fi; \ + else \ + mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ + fi; \ + } + +# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at +# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing. +# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update. +$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot: + $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update + +# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed. +# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. +$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ + cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot + + +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: +install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + for file in Makevars; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data-no: all +install-data-yes: all + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) + @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ + for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + if test -n "$$lc"; then \ + if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ + link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ + mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ + for file in *; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ + fi; \ + done); \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + else \ + if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ + :; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ + ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ + cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +install-strip: install + +installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data +installdirs-exec: +installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +installdirs-data-no: +installdirs-data-yes: + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) + @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + if test -n "$$lc"; then \ + if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ + link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ + mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ + for file in *; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ + fi; \ + done); \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + else \ + if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ + :; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data +uninstall-exec: +uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +uninstall-data-no: +uninstall-data-yes: + catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + done; \ + done + +check: all + +info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID: + +mostlyclean: + rm -f remove-potcdate.sed + rm -f stamp-poT + rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po + rm -fr *.o + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES) + +distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: + $(MAKE) update-po + @$(MAKE) dist2 +# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. +dist2: $(DISTFILES) + dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \ + dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \ + fi; \ + for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \ + dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ + else \ + cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \ + fi; \ + done + +update-po: Makefile + $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update + test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES) + $(MAKE) update-gmo + +# General rule for updating PO files. + +.nop.po-update: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi + +$(DUMMYPOFILES): + +update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) + @: + +Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@ + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \ + $(SHELL) ./config.status + +force: + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/po/Rules-quot b/po/Rules-quot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f46d237d --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Rules-quot @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. + +DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot + +.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en + +en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en +en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en + +.insert-header.po-update-en: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ + LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi + +en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header + +en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot +mostlyclean-quot: + rm -f *.insert-header diff --git a/po/boldquot.sed b/po/boldquot.sed new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b937aa51 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/boldquot.sed @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1â€/g +s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g +s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g +s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g +s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g +s/“â€/""/g +s/“/“/g +s/â€/â€/g +s/‘/‘/g +s/’/’/g diff --git a/po/en@boldquot.header b/po/en@boldquot.header new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fedb6a06d --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@boldquot.header @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# +# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in +# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. +# diff --git a/po/en@quot.header b/po/en@quot.header new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9647fc35 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@quot.header @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# diff --git a/po/insert-header.sin b/po/insert-header.sin new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b26de01f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/insert-header.sin @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. +# +# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following +# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following +# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following +# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^msgid /{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/m/m/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. +r HEADER +# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the +# current line while doing this. +g +N +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/quot.sed b/po/quot.sed new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0122c4631 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/quot.sed @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1â€/g +s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g +s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g +s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g +s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g +s/“â€/""/g diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sed b/po/remove-potcdate.sed new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edb38d704 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sed @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ +x +s/P/P/ +ta +g +d +bb +:a +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sin b/po/remove-potcdate.sin new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2436c49e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sin @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry +# from a POT file. +# +# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the +# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/P/P/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. +g +d +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/scripts/config.rpath b/scripts/config.rpath new file mode 100755 index 000000000..fa24bfc2d --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/config.rpath @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the +# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. +# +# Copyright 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 +# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld +# should be set by the caller. +# +# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. + +# Known limitations: +# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer +# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only +# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build +# directory and/or the installation directory. + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a +shrext=.so + +host="$1" +host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` +host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. + +wl= +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wl='-Wl,' +else + case "$host_os" in + aix*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + mingw* | pw32* | os2*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + linux*) + case $CC in + icc|ecc) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + ccc) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sunos4*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + uts4*) + ;; + esac +fi + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. + +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= +hardcode_libdir_separator= +hardcode_direct=no +hardcode_minus_L=no + +case "$host_os" in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; +esac + +ld_shlibs=yes +if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + case "$host_os" in + aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # Samuel A. Falvo II reports + # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up + # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked + # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the + # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use + # them. + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + solaris* | sysv5*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then + # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented + # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + fi +else + case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + esac + fi + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && \ + strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + hardcode_direct=yes + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + esac + fi + # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c + ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest + aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + fi + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + rm -f conftest.c conftest + # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + else + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + fi + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + bsdi4*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + libext=lib + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + if $CC -v 2>&1 | grep 'Apple' >/dev/null ; then + hardcode_direct=no + fi + ;; + dgux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + freebsd1*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + freebsd2.2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + freebsd2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + freebsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + hpux9*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + hpux10* | hpux11*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + case "$host_cpu" in + hppa*64*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + ia64*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=no + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + netbsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + newsos6) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + openbsd*) + hardcode_direct=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + osf3*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + osf4* | osf5*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + ;; + sysv4.3*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + sysv4.2uw2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=no + ;; + sysv5OpenUNIX8* | sysv5UnixWare7* | sysv5uw[78]* | unixware7*) + ;; + sysv5*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + ;; + uts4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac +fi + +# Check dynamic linker characteristics +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. +libname_spec='lib$name' +case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + ;; + amigaos*) + ;; + beos*) + ;; + bsdi4*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + shrext=.dll + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + shrext=.dylib + ;; + dgux*) + ;; + freebsd1*) + ;; + freebsd*) + ;; + gnu*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case "$host_cpu" in + ia64*) + shrext=.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext=.sl + ;; + *) + shrext=.sl + ;; + esac + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + case "$host_os" in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + ;; + linux*) + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + nto-qnx) + ;; + openbsd*) + ;; + os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext=.dll + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + ;; + sco3.2v5*) + ;; + solaris*) + ;; + sunos4*) + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + uts4*) + ;; +esac + +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' +escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` +escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + +sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' < +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain + +errstatus=0 +dirmode="" + +usage="\ +Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..." + +# process command line arguments +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help + echo "$usage" 1>&2 + exit 0 + ;; + -m) # -m PERM arg + shift + test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + dirmode=$1 + shift + ;; + --) # stop option processing + shift + break + ;; + -*) # unknown option + echo "$usage" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + *) # first non-opt arg + break + ;; + esac +done + +for file +do + if test -d "$file"; then + shift + else + break + fi +done + +case $# in + 0) exit 0 ;; +esac + +case $dirmode in + '') + if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then + echo "mkdir -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -p -- "$@" + fi + ;; + *) + if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then + echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" + exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" + fi + ;; +esac + +for file +do + set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` + shift + + pathcomp= + for d + do + pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" + case $pathcomp in + -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + else + if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then + echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" + lasterr="" + chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + fi + fi + + pathcomp="$pathcomp/" + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# End: +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/tools/ChangeLog b/tools/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d34913df0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +2003-12-06 David Shaw + + * gpgsplit.c (write_part): Split off decompression code. + (handle_zlib): Move it here. + (handle_bzip2): Add this to handle BZIP2 compressed messages. + +2003-10-25 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am: Replaced INTLLIBS by LIBINTL. + +2003-08-24 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Use NETLIBS instead of EGDLIBS. + +2003-07-10 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Use W32LIBS where appropriate. + +2003-05-30 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Some cleanup, and use DLLIBS for -ldl. + +2003-05-24 David Shaw + + * bftest.c, crlf.c, mk-tdata.c, mpicalc.c, shmtest.c: Edit all + preprocessor instructions to remove whitespace before the + '#'. This is not required by C89, but there are some compilers out + there that don't like it. + +2003-03-11 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Use @CAPLIBS@ to link in -lcap if we are using + capabilities. + +2003-02-22 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Distribute convert-from-106. + + * convert-from-106: Script to automate the 1.0.6->later + conversion. It marks all secret keys as ultimately trusted, adds + the signature caches, and checks the trustdb. Moved from the + scripts directory. + +2002-10-31 Stefan Bellon + + * gpgsplit.c (write_part) [__riscos__]: Use riscos_load_module() + to load ZLib module. + +2002-10-23 Werner Koch + + * gpgsplit.c: New options --secret-to-public and --no-split. + GNUified the indentation style. + +2002-09-25 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Link bftest with EGDLIBS (i.e. NETLIBS) as EGD uses + sockets. + +2002-05-07 Stefan Bellon + + * gpgsplit.c (create_filename): Use EXTSEP_S instead of ".". + +2002-04-23 David Shaw + + * Makefile.am: Do not list libraries in -lxxx format in a + dependency line. + +2002-01-02 Stefan Bellon + + * gpgsplit.c [__riscos__]: Added RISC OS specific file name + code. + + * gpgsplit.c (write_part): Introduced two explicit casts. + +2001-12-21 David Shaw + + * gpgsplit.c (pkttype_to_string): PKT_PHOTO_ID -> PKT_ATTRIBUTE + +2001-10-23 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am (gpgsplit_LDADD): Add ZLIBS. + +2001-09-18 Werner Koch + + * gpgsplit.c: New option --uncompress. + (write_part): Handle old style uncompressing. + +2001-06-20 Werner Koch + + * gpgsplit.c: New. + * Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Install gpgsplit. + +2001-03-27 Werner Koch + + * mail-signed-keys: Add option --dry-run. + +2001-03-21 Werner Koch + + * shmtest.c: Add sys/types.h + +Fri Sep 15 18:40:36 CEST 2000 Werner Koch + + * ring-a-party: An array start at offset 1 no 0. Many thanks to Mike + for finding this bug. + +Thu Sep 14 14:20:38 CEST 2000 Werner Koch + + * ring-a-party: Flush the last key. + +Wed Jul 5 13:28:45 CEST 2000 Werner Koch + + * mail-signed-keys: New. + +Tue May 23 09:19:00 CEST 2000 Werner Koch + + * ring-a-party: New. + +Thu Jul 8 16:21:27 CEST 1999 Werner Koch + + * lspgpot: New + +Wed Jul 7 13:08:40 CEST 1999 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am: Support for libtool. + +Tue Jun 8 13:36:25 CEST 1999 Werner Koch + + * mpicalc.c (main): hex digits may now be lowercase + (do_mulm): new. + +Thu Dec 10 20:15:36 CET 1998 Werner Koch + + * mpicalc.c (main): Moved initialization out of definition. + +Mon May 18 15:39:22 1998 Werner Koch (wk@isil.d.shuttle.de) + + * mk-tdata.c: New. + +Tue Apr 7 19:50:41 1998 Werner Koch (wk@isil.d.shuttle.de) + + * bftest.c: Now supports all availabe ciphers. + + + + Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives + unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without + modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. + + This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the + implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + diff --git a/tools/Makefile.am b/tools/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e52d49d36 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This file is part of GnuPG. +# +# GnuPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# GnuPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + +## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in + +EXTRA_DIST = lspgpot ring-a-party mail-signed-keys convert-from-106 +INCLUDES = -I$(top_srcdir)/include -I$(top_srcdir)/intl +needed_libs = ../cipher/libcipher.a ../mpi/libmpi.a ../util/libutil.a + +bin_PROGRAMS = gpgsplit +noinst_PROGRAMS = mpicalc bftest clean-sat mk-tdata shmtest + +gpgsplit_LDADD = $(needed_libs) @LIBINTL@ @CAPLIBS@ @ZLIBS@ +mpicalc_LDADD = $(needed_libs) @LIBINTL@ @CAPLIBS@ @W32LIBS@ +bftest_LDADD = $(needed_libs) @LIBINTL@ @CAPLIBS@ @W32LIBS@ @DLLIBS@ @NETLIBS@ +shmtest_LDADD = $(needed_libs) @LIBINTL@ @CAPLIBS@ + +gpgsplit mpicalc bftest shmtest: $(needed_libs) -- cgit From 335b5e4ac4d1ab56bb9db5addc4f7ca6ce8987f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Werner Koch Date: Thu, 30 Sep 2004 14:34:34 +0000 Subject: Preparing a new release. Updated gettext --- ABOUT-NLS | 989 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- ChangeLog | 8 + README | 8 +- agent/ChangeLog | 4 + agent/Makefile.am | 4 +- configure.ac | 5 +- g10/ChangeLog | 4 + g10/Makefile.am | 2 +- intl/ChangeLog | 4 +- intl/Makefile.in | 24 +- intl/VERSION | 2 +- intl/bindtextdom.c | 21 +- intl/config.charset | 285 +++++++++++---- intl/dcgettext.c | 7 +- intl/dcigettext.c | 75 ++-- intl/dcngettext.c | 11 +- intl/dgettext.c | 9 +- intl/dngettext.c | 12 +- intl/eval-plural.h | 10 +- intl/explodename.c | 21 +- intl/finddomain.c | 9 +- intl/gettext.c | 5 +- intl/gettextP.h | 91 +++-- intl/gmo.h | 5 +- intl/hash-string.h | 17 +- intl/intl-compat.c | 44 +-- intl/l10nflist.c | 62 +--- intl/libgnuintl.h.in | 146 ++++++-- intl/loadinfo.h | 47 +-- intl/loadmsgcat.c | 386 ++++++++++++-------- intl/localcharset.c | 2 +- intl/locale.alias | 12 +- intl/localealias.c | 29 +- intl/localename.c | 478 ++++++++++++++++++++++--- intl/log.c | 12 +- intl/ngettext.c | 7 +- intl/plural-exp.c | 8 +- intl/plural-exp.h | 24 +- intl/plural.c | 82 ++--- intl/plural.y | 52 +-- intl/relocatable.c | 14 +- intl/relocatable.h | 10 + intl/textdomain.c | 5 +- kbx/ChangeLog | 4 + kbx/Makefile.am | 2 +- m4/ChangeLog | 22 ++ m4/Makefile.am | 2 +- m4/gettext.m4 | 80 ++++- m4/gpg-error.m4 | 2 +- m4/lib-ld.m4 | 24 +- m4/lib-prefix.m4 | 4 +- m4/libassuan.m4 | 2 +- m4/libgcrypt.m4 | 2 +- m4/po.m4 | 241 ++++++++++++- m4/ulonglong.m4 | 10 +- po/ChangeLog | 5 + po/Makefile.in.in | 25 +- po/Rules-quot | 5 + scd/ChangeLog | 2 + scd/Makefile.am | 6 +- scd/apdu.c | 44 ++- scd/apdu.h | 1 + scd/ccid-driver.c | 914 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------- scd/ccid-driver.h | 5 +- scripts/ChangeLog | 371 +------------------ scripts/config.guess | 370 ++++++++++++------- scripts/config.rpath | 8 +- scripts/config.sub | 259 ++++++++++---- sm/ChangeLog | 2 + sm/Makefile.am | 4 +- tests/ChangeLog | 5 + tests/Makefile.am | 14 +- tools/ChangeLog | 4 + tools/Makefile.am | 2 +- 74 files changed, 3419 insertions(+), 2074 deletions(-) (limited to 'intl/bindtextdom.c') diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS index 47d5e39f0..2f50c6693 100644 --- a/ABOUT-NLS +++ b/ABOUT-NLS @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ Notes on the Free Translation Project ************************************* - Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project -is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all +Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is +a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already provide translations for their messages. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of Quick configuration advice ========================== - If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you +If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you should configure it using ./configure --with-included-gettext @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ included `libintl'. INSTALL Matters =============== - Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the -programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. -Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own -ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. +Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs +they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such +packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to +internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ codes, stating which languages are allowed. Using This Package ================== - As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you +As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate `LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's @@ -131,6 +131,13 @@ system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. + Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian +bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the +transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are +installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended +for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and +older translations are used. + In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent @@ -140,7 +147,7 @@ to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' Translating Teams ================= - For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested +For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of @@ -170,423 +177,559 @@ programming skill, here. Available Packages ================== - Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following -matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of May 2003. -The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO -files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a +Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of January +2004. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages +PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a translation percentage of at least 50%. - Ready PO files am az be bg ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es - +-------------------------------------------+ - a2ps | [] [] [] [] | - aegis | () | - anubis | | - ap-utils | | - bash | [] [] [] | - batchelor | | - bfd | [] [] | - binutils | [] [] | - bison | [] [] [] | - bluez-pin | [] [] | - clisp | | - clisp | [] [] [] | - coreutils | [] [] [] [] | - cpio | [] [] [] | - darkstat | () [] | - diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - e2fsprogs | [] [] | - enscript | [] [] [] [] | - error | [] [] [] [] [] | - fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] | - fileutils | [] [] [] | - findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - flex | [] [] [] [] | - gas | [] | - gawk | [] [] [] [] | - gcal | [] | - gcc | [] [] | - gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | - gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | - gettext-tools | [] [] | - gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] | - gliv | | - glunarclock | [] [] [] | - gnucash | () [] | - gnucash-glossary | [] () [] | - gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] | - gpe-calendar | [] | - gpe-conf | [] | - gpe-contacts | [] | - gpe-edit | | - gpe-login | [] | - gpe-ownerinfo | [] | - gpe-sketchbook | [] | - gpe-timesheet | | - gpe-today | [] | - gpe-todo | [] | - gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | - gprof | [] [] | - gpsdrive | () () () | - grep | [] [] [] [] [] | - gretl | [] | - hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - id-utils | [] [] | - indent | [] [] [] [] | - jpilot | [] [] [] [] | - jwhois | [] | - kbd | [] [] [] [] [] | - ld | [] [] | - libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - libgpewidget | [] | - libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | - lifelines | [] () | - lilypond | [] | - lingoteach | | - lingoteach_lessons | () () | - lynx | [] [] [] [] | - m4 | [] [] [] [] | - mailutils | [] [] | - make | [] [] [] | - man-db | [] () [] [] () | - mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | - nano | [] () [] [] [] | - nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] | - opcodes | [] [] | - parted | [] [] [] [] [] | - ptx | [] [] [] [] [] | - python | | - radius | | - recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - screem | | - sed | [] [] [] [] [] | - sh-utils | [] [] [] | - sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - sketch | [] () [] | - soundtracker | [] [] [] | - sp | [] | - tar | [] [] [] [] | - texinfo | [] [] [] [] | - textutils | [] [] [] [] | - tin | () () | - util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] | - vorbis-tools | [] [] [] | - wastesedge | () | - wdiff | [] [] [] [] | - wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - xchat | [] [] [] | - xpad | | - +-------------------------------------------+ - am az be bg ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es - 0 1 4 2 31 17 54 60 14 1 4 12 56 + Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es + +----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () | + ant-phone | () | + anubis | | + ap-utils | | + aspell | [] | + bash | [] [] [] [] | + batchelor | | + bfd | [] [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] [] [] | + console-tools | [] [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + darkstat | [] () [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] | + fslint | | + gas | [] | + gawk | [] [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] [] | + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] [] [] [] | + gliv | | + glunarclock | [] [] | + gnubiff | [] | + gnucash | [] () [] [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] () [] | + gnupg | [] () [] [] [] [] | + gpe-aerial | [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] | + gpe-go | [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () () | + gramadoir | [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] | + gtick | [] () | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_3166_3 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | | + jpilot | [] [] [] | + jtag | | + jwhois | [] | + kbd | [] [] [] [] [] | + latrine | () | + ld | [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | [] () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | | + lingoteach_lessons | () () | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] | + make | [] [] [] | + man-db | [] () [] [] () | + minicom | [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | + nano | [] () [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + silky | () | + skencil | [] () [] | + sketch | [] () [] | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] | + tin | () () | + tp-robot | | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] [] [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] | + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | + xpad | [] | + +----------------------------------------------------+ + af am ar az be bg bs ca cs da de el en en_GB eo es + 4 0 0 1 9 4 1 40 41 60 78 17 1 5 13 68 - et fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id it ja ko - +----------------------------------------+ - a2ps | [] [] [] () () | - aegis | | - anubis | [] | - ap-utils | [] | - bash | [] [] | - batchelor | [] | - bfd | [] [] | - binutils | [] [] | - bison | [] [] [] [] | - bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] | - clisp | | - clisp | [] | - coreutils | [] [] [] [] | - cpio | [] [] [] [] | - darkstat | () [] [] [] | - diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - e2fsprogs | | - enscript | [] [] | - error | [] [] [] [] | - fetchmail | [] | - fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | - findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - flex | [] [] | - gas | [] | - gawk | [] [] | - gcal | [] | - gcc | [] | - gettext | [] [] [] | - gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] | - gettext-tools | [] | - gimp-print | [] [] | - gliv | () | - glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | - gnucash | [] | - gnucash-glossary | [] | - gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - gpe-calendar | [] | - gpe-conf | | - gpe-contacts | [] | - gpe-edit | [] [] | - gpe-login | [] | - gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] | - gpe-sketchbook | [] | - gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] | - gpe-today | [] [] | - gpe-todo | [] [] | - gphoto2 | [] [] [] | - gprof | [] [] | - gpsdrive | () [] () () | - grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - gretl | [] | - hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - id-utils | [] [] [] | - indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - jpilot | [] () | - jwhois | [] [] [] [] | - kbd | [] | - ld | [] | - libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - libgpewidget | [] [] [] | - libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - lifelines | () | - lilypond | [] | - lingoteach | [] [] | - lingoteach_lessons | | - lynx | [] [] [] [] | - m4 | [] [] [] [] | - mailutils | | - make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - man-db | [] () () | - mysecretdiary | [] [] | - nano | [] [] [] [] | - nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | - opcodes | [] [] | - parted | [] [] [] | - ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - python | | - radius | | - recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - screem | | - sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | - sketch | [] | - soundtracker | [] [] [] | - sp | [] () | - tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - texinfo | [] [] [] [] | - textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | - tin | [] () | - util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] | - vorbis-tools | [] | - wastesedge | () | - wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | - wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - xchat | [] [] [] | - xpad | | - +----------------------------------------+ - et fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id it ja ko - 20 1 15 73 14 24 8 10 30 31 19 31 9 + et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg + +-------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] () () | + aegis | | + ant-phone | [] | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | [] | + aspell | [] [] | + bash | [] [] | + batchelor | [] [] | + bfd | [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] [] | + darkstat | () [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | | + enscript | [] [] | + error | [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + fslint | [] | + gas | [] | + gawk | [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext | [] [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] | + gimp-print | [] [] | + gliv | () | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | + gnubiff | [] | + gnucash | () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] | + gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-aerial | [] | + gpe-beam | [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] | + gpe-conf | [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] | + gpe-go | [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] | + gpe-su | [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () () | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] [] | + gtick | [] [] [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_3166_3 | | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | | + jpilot | [] () | + jtag | [] | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] | + latrine | [] | + ld | [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | [] [] | + lingoteach_lessons | | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | | + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + man-db | () () | + minicom | [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + silky | () [] () () | + skencil | [] | + sketch | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] | + sp | [] () | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tin | [] () | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | [] [] | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] () [] | + vorbis-tools | [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] | + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | + xpad | [] [] | + +-------------------------------------------------+ + et eu fa fi fr ga gl he hr hu id is it ja ko lg + 22 2 1 26 106 28 24 8 10 41 33 1 26 33 12 0 - lg lt lv ms nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro - +----------------------------------------+ - a2ps | [] [] () () () [] [] | - aegis | () | - anubis | [] [] | - ap-utils | () | - bash | [] | - batchelor | | - bfd | | - binutils | | - bison | [] [] [] [] | - bluez-pin | [] | - clisp | | - clisp | [] | - coreutils | [] | - cpio | [] [] [] | - darkstat | [] [] [] [] | - diffutils | [] [] [] | - e2fsprogs | | - enscript | [] [] | - error | [] [] | - fetchmail | () () | - fileutils | [] | - findutils | [] [] [] [] | - flex | [] | - gas | | - gawk | [] | - gcal | | - gcc | | - gettext | [] | - gettext-runtime | [] | - gettext-tools | | - gimp-print | [] | - gliv | [] | - glunarclock | [] | - gnucash | | - gnucash-glossary | [] [] | - gnupg | | - gpe-calendar | [] [] | - gpe-conf | [] [] | - gpe-contacts | [] | - gpe-edit | [] [] | - gpe-login | [] [] | - gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | - gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | - gpe-timesheet | [] [] | - gpe-today | [] [] | - gpe-todo | [] [] | - gphoto2 | | - gprof | [] | - gpsdrive | () () () | - grep | [] [] [] [] | - gretl | | - hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - id-utils | [] [] [] | - indent | [] [] [] | - jpilot | () () | - jwhois | [] [] [] | - kbd | | - ld | | - libc | [] [] [] [] | - libgpewidget | [] [] | - libiconv | [] [] | - lifelines | | - lilypond | [] | - lingoteach | | - lingoteach_lessons | | - lynx | [] [] | - m4 | [] [] [] [] | - mailutils | | - make | [] [] | - man-db | [] | - mysecretdiary | [] | - nano | [] [] [] [] | - nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] | - opcodes | [] [] [] | - parted | [] [] [] | - ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | - python | | - radius | | - recode | [] [] [] | - screem | | - sed | [] [] | - sh-utils | [] | - sharutils | [] | - sketch | [] | - soundtracker | | - sp | | - tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] | - texinfo | [] | - textutils | [] | - tin | | - util-linux | [] [] | - vorbis-tools | [] [] | - wastesedge | | - wdiff | [] [] [] [] | - wget | [] [] [] | - xchat | [] [] | - xpad | [] | - +----------------------------------------+ - lg lt lv ms nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ro - 0 0 2 11 7 26 3 4 18 15 34 34 + lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] () () [] [] [] | + aegis | () () () | + ant-phone | [] [] | + anubis | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + ap-utils | [] () [] | + aspell | [] | + bash | [] [] [] | + batchelor | [] | + bfd | [] | + binutils | [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | + clisp | | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | [] | + coreutils | [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | + darkstat | [] [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + error | [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] [] () [] | + fileutils | [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] | + fslint | [] [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] [] | + gbiff | [] [] | + gcal | | + gcc | | + gettext | [] [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gimp-print | [] | + gliv | [] [] [] | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] | + gnubiff | [] | + gnucash | [] [] () [] | + gnucash-glossary | [] [] | + gnupg | [] | + gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | () () [] | + gramadoir | () [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] [] | + gretl | | + gtick | [] [] [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + id-utils | [] [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] | + iso_3166_1 | [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_3166_3 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] | + jpilot | () () | + jtag | | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] () | + kbd | [] [] [] | + latrine | [] | + ld | | + libc | [] [] [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] | + lifelines | | + lilypond | | + lingoteach | | + lingoteach_lessons | | + lynx | [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | + mailutils | [] [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] | + man-db | [] | + minicom | [] [] [] [] | + mysecretdiary | [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] [] | + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] [] | + ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + python | | + radius | [] [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] | + sh-utils | [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] | + silky | () | + skencil | [] [] | + sketch | [] [] | + soundtracker | | + sp | | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + textutils | [] [] | + tin | | + tp-robot | [] | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] [] [] | + wastesedge | | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] | + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] | + xpad | [] [] | + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + lt lv mk mn ms mt nb nl nn no nso pl pt pt_BR ro ru + 1 2 0 3 12 0 10 69 6 7 1 40 26 36 76 63 - ru sk sl sr sv ta tr uk vi wa zh_CN zh_TW - +-------------------------------------------+ - a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 - aegis | () | 0 - anubis | [] [] | 5 - ap-utils | () | 1 - bash | [] | 7 - batchelor | | 1 - bfd | [] [] [] | 7 - binutils | [] [] [] | 7 - bison | [] [] | 13 - bluez-pin | | 7 - clisp | | 0 - clisp | | 5 - coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 14 - cpio | [] [] [] | 13 - darkstat | [] () () | 9 - diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 21 - e2fsprogs | [] | 3 - enscript | [] [] [] | 11 - error | [] [] [] | 14 - fetchmail | [] | 7 - fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 - findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 - flex | [] [] [] | 10 - gas | [] | 3 - gawk | [] [] | 9 - gcal | [] [] | 4 - gcc | [] | 4 - gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15 - gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16 - gettext-tools | [] [] | 5 - gimp-print | [] [] | 10 - gliv | | 1 - glunarclock | [] [] [] | 11 - gnucash | [] [] | 4 - gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8 - gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 16 - gpe-calendar | [] | 5 - gpe-conf | | 3 - gpe-contacts | [] | 4 - gpe-edit | [] | 5 - gpe-login | [] | 5 - gpe-ownerinfo | [] | 7 - gpe-sketchbook | [] | 5 - gpe-timesheet | [] | 6 - gpe-today | [] | 6 - gpe-todo | [] | 6 - gphoto2 | [] [] | 9 - gprof | [] [] | 7 - gpsdrive | [] [] | 3 - grep | [] [] [] [] | 24 - gretl | | 2 - hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 33 - id-utils | [] [] [] | 11 - indent | [] [] [] [] | 19 - jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 10 - jwhois | () () [] [] | 10 - kbd | [] [] | 8 - ld | [] [] | 5 - libc | [] [] [] [] | 20 - libgpewidget | | 6 - libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21 - lifelines | [] | 2 - lilypond | [] | 4 - lingoteach | | 2 - lingoteach_lessons | () | 0 - lynx | [] [] [] [] | 14 - m4 | [] [] [] | 15 - mailutils | | 2 - make | [] [] [] [] | 15 - man-db | [] | 6 - mysecretdiary | [] [] | 8 - nano | [] [] [] | 15 - nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 15 - opcodes | [] [] | 9 - parted | [] [] | 13 - ptx | [] [] [] | 22 - python | | 0 - radius | | 0 - recode | [] [] [] [] | 19 - screem | [] | 1 - sed | [] [] [] [] [] | 20 - sh-utils | [] [] [] | 13 - sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 - sketch | [] | 5 - soundtracker | [] | 7 - sp | [] | 3 - tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 - texinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13 - textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 15 - tin | | 1 - util-linux | [] [] | 14 - vorbis-tools | [] | 7 - wastesedge | | 0 - wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 17 - wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 25 - xchat | [] [] [] | 11 - xpad | | 1 - +-------------------------------------------+ - 50 teams ru sk sl sr sv ta tr uk vi wa zh_CN zh_TW - 97 domains 32 19 16 0 56 0 48 10 1 1 12 23 913 + sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + a2ps | [] [] [] [] | 16 + aegis | | 0 + ant-phone | | 3 + anubis | [] [] | 9 + ap-utils | () | 3 + aspell | | 4 + bash | | 9 + batchelor | | 3 + bfd | [] [] | 6 + binutils | [] [] [] | 8 + bison | [] [] | 14 + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | 14 + clisp | | 0 + clisp | | 5 + console-tools | | 3 + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 + cpio | [] [] | 14 + darkstat | [] [] [] () () | 12 + diffutils | [] [] [] | 23 + e2fsprogs | [] [] | 6 + enscript | [] [] | 12 + error | [] [] [] | 15 + fetchmail | [] [] | 11 + fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 17 + findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29 + flex | [] [] | 13 + fslint | | 3 + gas | [] | 3 + gawk | [] [] | 12 + gbiff | | 4 + gcal | [] [] | 4 + gcc | [] | 4 + gettext | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | 14 + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22 + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 14 + gimp-print | [] [] | 10 + gliv | | 3 + glunarclock | [] [] [] | 13 + gnubiff | | 3 + gnucash | [] [] | 9 + gnucash-glossary | [] [] [] | 8 + gnupg | [] [] [] [] | 17 + gpe-aerial | [] | 7 + gpe-beam | [] | 8 + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-clock | [] [] [] | 10 + gpe-conf | [] [] | 9 + gpe-contacts | [] [] [] | 11 + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 + gpe-go | | 5 + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 9 + gpe-su | [] [] [] | 10 + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | 10 + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 12 + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 13 + gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | 12 + gphoto2 | [] [] [] | 11 + gprof | [] [] | 9 + gpsdrive | [] [] | 3 + gramadoir | [] | 5 + grep | [] [] [] [] | 26 + gretl | | 3 + gtick | | 7 + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 34 + id-utils | [] [] | 12 + indent | [] [] [] [] | 21 + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + iso_3166_1 | [] [] [] | 16 + iso_3166_2 | | 0 + iso_3166_3 | | 2 + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + iso_639 | | 1 + jpilot | [] [] [] [] [] | 9 + jtag | [] | 2 + jwhois | () [] [] | 11 + kbd | [] [] | 11 + latrine | | 2 + ld | [] [] | 5 + libc | [] [] [] [] | 20 + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] | 13 + libiconv | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + lifelines | [] | 2 + lilypond | [] | 3 + lingoteach | | 2 + lingoteach_lessons | () | 0 + lynx | [] [] [] | 14 + m4 | [] [] | 15 + mailutils | | 5 + make | [] [] [] | 16 + man-db | [] | 5 + minicom | | 11 + mysecretdiary | [] [] | 10 + nano | [] [] [] [] | 17 + nano_1_0 | [] [] [] | 17 + opcodes | [] [] | 6 + parted | [] [] [] | 15 + ptx | [] [] | 22 + python | | 0 + radius | | 4 + recode | [] [] [] | 20 + rpm | [] [] | 9 + screem | [] [] | 2 + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | 15 + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + sh-utils | [] [] | 14 + shared-mime-info | [] [] | 7 + sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 17 + silky | () | 3 + skencil | [] | 6 + sketch | [] | 6 + soundtracker | [] [] | 7 + sp | [] | 3 + tar | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + texinfo | [] [] [] | 14 + textutils | [] [] [] [] | 16 + tin | | 1 + tp-robot | | 2 + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] | 29 + unicode-han-tra... | | 0 + unicode-transla... | | 2 + util-linux | [] [] | 15 + vorbis-tools | | 8 + wastesedge | | 0 + wdiff | [] [] [] | 18 + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] | 15 + xfree86_xkb_xml | [] [] [] [] [] | 11 + xpad | | 5 + +-----------------------------------------------------+ + 63 teams sk sl sr sv ta th tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_TW zu + 131 domains 47 19 28 83 0 0 59 13 1 1 11 0 22 22 0 1373 Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are @@ -599,7 +742,7 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a distribution. - If May 2003 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of + If January 2004 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at `http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'. @@ -607,7 +750,7 @@ matrix with full percentage details can be found at Using `gettext' in new packages =============================== - If you are writing a freely available program and want to +If you are writing a freely available program and want to internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index 86bd01bff..bb7379bf1 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * README: Minor updates. + +2004-09-30 gettextize + + * configure.ac (AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION): Bump to 0.14.1. + 2004-08-16 Werner Koch * configure.ac: Build Makefile for tests/pkits. New option diff --git a/README b/README index 8027b6960..c08c16af1 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ BUILD INSTRUCTIONS GnuPG 1.9 depends on the following packages: - libgpg-error (ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/alpha/libgpg-error/) - libgcrypt (ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/alpha/libgcrypt/) + libgpg-error (ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgpg-error/) + libgcrypt (ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgcrypt/) libassuan (ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/alpha/libassuan/) libksba (ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/alpha/libksba/) @@ -470,9 +470,9 @@ This requires that the gpg-agent is running. HOW TO EXPORT A PRIVATE KEY =========================== There is also limited support to export a private key in PKCS-12 -format. However the certificate is not stored and there is no MAC applied. +format. However there is no MAC applied. - gpgsm --call-protect-tool --p12-export foo.key >foo.p12 + gpgsm --export-secret-key-p12 userIDey >foo.p12 SMARTCARD INTRO diff --git a/agent/ChangeLog b/agent/ChangeLog index f72bd50c9..b65e7b1de 100644 --- a/agent/ChangeLog +++ b/agent/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am: Adjusted from gettext 1.14. + 2004-09-29 Werner Koch * minip12.c (parse_bag_encrypted_data): Print error if a bad diff --git a/agent/Makefile.am b/agent/Makefile.am index e83311fb4..6f3ea70d2 100644 --- a/agent/Makefile.am +++ b/agent/Makefile.am @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ gpg_agent_SOURCES = \ gpg_agent_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a ../common/libcommon.a \ $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(PTH_LIBS) $(LIBASSUAN_LIBS) \ - -lgpg-error @INTLLIBS@ + -lgpg-error @LIBINTL@ gpg_protect_tool_SOURCES = \ protect-tool.c \ @@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ gpg_protect_tool_SOURCES = \ gpg_protect_tool_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a \ ../common/libcommon.a ../common/libsimple-pwquery.a \ - $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) -lgpg-error @INTLLIBS@ + $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) -lgpg-error @LIBINTL@ diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index d04475f6b..bce1555b0 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRINTABLE_OS_NAME, "$PRINTABLE_OS_NAME", [A human readable text with the name of the OS]) -AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.12.1) +AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.14.1) if test "$try_gettext" = yes; then AM_GNU_GETTEXT(,[need-ngettext]) @@ -1129,10 +1129,11 @@ scd/Makefile tools/Makefile doc/Makefile tests/Makefile -tests/pkits/Makefile ]) AC_OUTPUT +#tests/pkits/Makefile + diff --git a/g10/ChangeLog b/g10/ChangeLog index b553c1c9f..187d8584b 100644 --- a/g10/ChangeLog +++ b/g10/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am (LDADD): Adjusted for gettext 0.14. + 2004-09-20 Werner Koch * keyedit.c (show_key_with_all_names): Print the card S/N. diff --git a/g10/Makefile.am b/g10/Makefile.am index 53d748ee0..aa7833fb9 100644 --- a/g10/Makefile.am +++ b/g10/Makefile.am @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ gpgv2_SOURCES = gpgv.c \ # ks-db.h \ # $(common_source) -LDADD = $(needed_libs) @INTLLIBS@ @CAPLIBS@ @ZLIBS@ @W32LIBS@ +LDADD = $(needed_libs) @LIBINTL@ @CAPLIBS@ @ZLIBS@ @W32LIBS@ gpg2_LDADD = $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(LDADD) -lassuan -lgpg-error gpgv2_LDADD = $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(LDADD) -lassuan -lgpg-error diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog index eed2d21a4..751291929 100644 --- a/intl/ChangeLog +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -2003-05-22 GNU +2004-01-29 GNU - * Version 0.12.1 released. + * Version 0.14.1 released. diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in index 882396481..05f15329e 100644 --- a/intl/Makefile.in +++ b/intl/Makefile.in @@ -73,6 +73,10 @@ HEADERS = \ eval-plural.h \ localcharset.h \ relocatable.h \ + xsize.h \ + printf-args.h printf-args.c \ + printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \ + vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \ os2compat.h \ libgnuintl.h.in SOURCES = \ @@ -96,6 +100,7 @@ SOURCES = \ relocatable.c \ localename.c \ log.c \ + printf.c \ osdep.c \ os2compat.c \ intl-compat.c @@ -120,6 +125,7 @@ OBJECTS = \ relocatable.$lo \ localename.$lo \ log.$lo \ + printf.$lo \ osdep.$lo \ intl-compat.$lo DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ @@ -127,7 +133,8 @@ config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) DISTFILES.generated = plural.c DISTFILES.normal = VERSION DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \ -Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc +libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms \ +libgnuintl.h.msvc-static libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h @@ -155,9 +162,9 @@ libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) # according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". # Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* # change these values. -LTV_CURRENT=5 +LTV_CURRENT=7 LTV_REVISION=0 -LTV_AGE=3 +LTV_AGE=4 .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed @@ -209,6 +216,8 @@ localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c +printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c @@ -224,7 +233,11 @@ ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in - cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h + sed -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \ + -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \ + < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libgnuintl.h libintl.h: libgnuintl.h cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h @@ -250,7 +263,7 @@ install-exec: all $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ - if test -n "$dependencies"; then \ + if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ fi; \ fi; \ @@ -412,6 +425,7 @@ dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h +printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c tags: TAGS diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION index 130318357..b4b846ca7 100644 --- a/intl/VERSION +++ b/intl/VERSION @@ -1 +1 @@ -GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1 +GNU gettext library from gettext-0.14.1 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c index 250f5e863..dcdc40085 100644 --- a/intl/bindtextdom.c +++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -86,11 +86,6 @@ __libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) # define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset #endif -/* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, - const char **dirnamep, - const char **codesetp)); - /* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not @@ -98,10 +93,8 @@ static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither modified nor returned. */ static void -set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) - const char *domainname; - const char **dirnamep; - const char **codesetp; +set_binding_values (const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp) { struct binding *binding; int modified; @@ -348,9 +341,7 @@ set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ char * -BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) { set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); return (char *) dirname; @@ -359,9 +350,7 @@ BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) /* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ char * -BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) { set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); return (char *) codeset; diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset index 32becece9..43d45fb75 100755 --- a/intl/config.charset +++ b/intl/config.charset @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #! /bin/sh # Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. # -# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -30,77 +30,77 @@ # MIME charset name is preferred. # The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. # -# name used by which systems a MIME name? -# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd -# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes -# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes -# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes -# ISO-8859-13 glibc -# ISO-8859-14 glibc -# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd -# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes -# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes -# KOI8-T glibc -# CP437 dos -# CP775 dos -# CP850 aix osf dos -# CP852 dos -# CP855 dos -# CP856 aix -# CP857 dos -# CP861 dos -# CP862 dos -# CP864 dos -# CP865 dos -# CP866 freebsd dos -# CP869 dos -# CP874 woe32 dos -# CP922 aix -# CP932 aix woe32 dos -# CP943 aix -# CP949 osf woe32 dos -# CP950 woe32 dos -# CP1046 aix -# CP1124 aix -# CP1125 dos -# CP1129 aix -# CP1250 woe32 -# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32 -# CP1252 aix woe32 -# CP1253 woe32 -# CP1254 woe32 -# CP1255 glibc woe32 -# CP1256 woe32 -# CP1257 woe32 -# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes -# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris -# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris -# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos -# GB18030 glibc solaris -# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes -# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 -# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris -# VISCII glibc yes -# TCVN5712-1 glibc -# GEORGIAN-PS glibc -# HP-ROMAN8 hpux -# HP-ARABIC8 hpux -# HP-GREEK8 hpux -# HP-HEBREW8 hpux -# HP-TURKISH8 hpux -# HP-KANA8 hpux -# DEC-KANJI osf -# DEC-HANYU osf -# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# name MIME? used by which systems +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd darwin +# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris +# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd darwin +# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris +# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris +# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris +# ISO-8859-13 glibc +# ISO-8859-14 glibc +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd +# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd darwin +# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd darwin +# KOI8-T glibc +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd darwin dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 woe32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix woe32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf woe32 dos +# CP950 woe32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1125 dos +# CP1129 aix +# CP1250 woe32 +# CP1251 glibc solaris darwin woe32 +# CP1252 aix woe32 +# CP1253 woe32 +# CP1254 woe32 +# CP1255 glibc woe32 +# CP1256 woe32 +# CP1257 woe32 +# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd darwin +# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris +# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd darwin +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris +# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos +# GB18030 glibc solaris +# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd darwin +# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# VISCII Y glibc +# TCVN5712-1 glibc +# GEORGIAN-PS glibc +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris # # Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in # Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). @@ -121,6 +121,105 @@ echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." # List of references, updated during installation: echo "# Packages using this file: " case "$os" in + linux-gnulibc1*) + # Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "POSIX ASCII" + for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \ + en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \ + en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \ + es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \ + et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \ + fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \ + it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \ + sv_FI sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.cp-437 CP437" + echo "$l.cp-850 CP850" + echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252" + echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252" + #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \ + sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.cp-852 CP852" + echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "$l.cp-866 CP866" + echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in ar ar_SA; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.cp-864 CP864" + #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.cp-869 CP869" + echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253" + echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.cp-862 CP862" + echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in tr tr_TR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.cp-857 CP857" + echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do + #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l ISO-8859-13" + done + for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do + echo "$l KOI8-U" + done + for l in zh zh_CN; do + #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l GB2312" + done + for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do + echo "$l EUC-JP" + done + for l in ko ko_KR; do + echo "$l EUC-KR" + done + for l in th th_TH; do + echo "$l TIS-620" + done + for l in fa fa_IR; do + #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + ;; linux* | *-gnu*) # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all @@ -297,6 +396,47 @@ case "$os" in echo "BIG5 BIG5" echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" ;; + darwin*) + # Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do + echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \ + nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in la_LN; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + for l in bg_BG; do + echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; beos*) # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. echo "* UTF-8" @@ -410,6 +550,7 @@ case "$os" in echo "sq CP852" echo "sq_AL CP852" echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? # ISO-8859-3 languages echo "mt CP850" diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c index ca6a1c82d..850acdee9 100644 --- a/intl/dcgettext.c +++ b/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -44,10 +44,7 @@ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * -DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; +DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) { return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); } diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c index f6edb95c0..35238e2cb 100644 --- a/intl/dcigettext.c +++ b/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -148,13 +148,17 @@ extern int errno; char *getwd (); # define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) # else +# if VMS +# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0) +# else char *getcwd (); +# endif # endif # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); # endif # ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY -static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); +static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n); # endif #endif @@ -248,11 +252,8 @@ static void *root; # endif /* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ -static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); static int -transcmp (p1, p2) - const void *p1; - const void *p2; +transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) { const struct known_translation_t *s1; const struct known_translation_t *s2; @@ -304,19 +305,18 @@ INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname) struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, - unsigned long int n, - const char *translation, - size_t translation_len)) +static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) internal_function; -static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, - const char *categoryname)) +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname) internal_function; #ifdef _LIBC # include "../locale/localeinfo.h" # define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category] #else -static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; +static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function; #endif @@ -424,13 +424,8 @@ static int enable_secure; CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string depending on the plural form determined by N. */ char * -DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; - unsigned long int n; - int category; +DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, int category) { #ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA struct block_list *block_list = NULL; @@ -703,11 +698,10 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) #ifndef _LIBC if (!ENABLE_SECURE) { - extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename, - const char *domainname, - const char *msgid1, - const char *msgid2, - int plural)); + extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, + const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural); const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') @@ -724,11 +718,9 @@ DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) char * internal_function -_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; - const char *msgid; - size_t *lengthp; +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) { struct loaded_domain *domain; nls_uint32 nstrings; @@ -1035,11 +1027,8 @@ _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) /* Look up a plural variant. */ static char * internal_function -plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; - unsigned long int n; - const char *translation; - size_t translation_len; +plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) { struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; unsigned long int index; @@ -1076,8 +1065,7 @@ plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) /* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ static const char * internal_function -category_to_name (category) - int category; +category_to_name (int category) { const char *retval; @@ -1137,9 +1125,7 @@ category_to_name (category) /* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ static const char * internal_function -guess_category_value (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) { const char *language; const char *retval; @@ -1180,9 +1166,7 @@ guess_category_value (category, categoryname) to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; @@ -1192,10 +1176,7 @@ stpcpy (dest, src) #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY static void * -mempcpy (dest, src, n) - void *dest; - const void *src; - size_t n; +mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) { return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); } diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c index 3a3404e2c..48a3e09e0 100644 --- a/intl/dcngettext.c +++ b/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -44,12 +44,9 @@ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * -DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; +DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) { return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); } diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c index cf5b4037f..b64b0f5d3 100644 --- a/intl/dgettext.c +++ b/intl/dgettext.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ # include #endif +#include "gettextP.h" + #include -#include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else @@ -46,9 +47,7 @@ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ char * -DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; +DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) { return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c index 67fd030f2..7815637f0 100644 --- a/intl/dngettext.c +++ b/intl/dngettext.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ # include #endif +#include "gettextP.h" + #include -#include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else @@ -46,11 +47,8 @@ /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ char * -DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; +DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); } diff --git a/intl/eval-plural.h b/intl/eval-plural.h index 19c7ca6ae..01bd5af5f 100644 --- a/intl/eval-plural.h +++ b/intl/eval-plural.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Plural expression evaluation. - Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -21,16 +21,10 @@ #endif /* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ -STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)) - internal_function; - STATIC unsigned long int internal_function -plural_eval (pexp, n) - struct expression *pexp; - unsigned long int n; +plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n) { switch (pexp->nargs) { diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c index 2985064c9..52c25e727 100644 --- a/intl/explodename.c +++ b/intl/explodename.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -38,8 +38,7 @@ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ char * -_nl_find_language (name) - const char *name; +_nl_find_language (const char *name) { while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') @@ -50,17 +49,11 @@ _nl_find_language (name) int -_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, - normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) - char *name; - const char **language; - const char **modifier; - const char **territory; - const char **codeset; - const char **normalized_codeset; - const char **special; - const char **sponsor; - const char **revision; +_nl_explode_name (char *name, + const char **language, const char **modifier, + const char **territory, const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset, const char **special, + const char **sponsor, const char **revision) { enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; char *cp; diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c index d24276442..4992a8c9e 100644 --- a/intl/finddomain.c +++ b/intl/finddomain.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Handle list of needed message catalogs - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -47,11 +47,8 @@ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; established bindings. */ struct loaded_l10nfile * internal_function -_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) - const char *dirname; - char *locale; - const char *domainname; - struct binding *domainbinding; +_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale, + const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding) { struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; const char *language; diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c index 43d689f55..92c42faa7 100644 --- a/intl/gettext.c +++ b/intl/gettext.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of gettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -52,8 +52,7 @@ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * -GETTEXT (msgid) - const char *msgid; +GETTEXT (const char *msgid) { return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h index f1748a356..4d66c3de3 100644 --- a/intl/gettextP.h +++ b/intl/gettextP.h @@ -36,14 +36,6 @@ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif @@ -159,64 +151,63 @@ struct binding extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; #ifndef _LIBC -const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname)); +const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname); #endif -struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, - char *__locale, - const char *__domainname, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding) internal_function; -void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) +void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding) internal_function; -void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) +void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain) internal_function; -const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, - struct loaded_domain *__domain, - struct binding *__domainbinding)) +const char *_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, + struct loaded_domain *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding) internal_function; -void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) +void _nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *__domain) internal_function; -char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, - struct binding *domainbinding, - const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) internal_function; #ifdef _LIBC -extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)); -extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, int __category)); -extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)); -extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int n)); -extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, int __category)); -extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); -extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); -extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)); -extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)); +extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category); +extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n); +extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n); +extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category); +extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname); +extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); #else /* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to call them under their real name. */ +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # include "libgnuintl.h" -extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - int __plural, unsigned long int __n, - int __category)); +extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); #endif /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ diff --git a/intl/gmo.h b/intl/gmo.h index d1fe4d6b8..e7c9cc14b 100644 --- a/intl/gmo.h +++ b/intl/gmo.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ /* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ #define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1 /* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An @@ -76,7 +77,7 @@ struct mo_file_header /* The revision number of the file format. */ nls_uint32 revision; - /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */ + /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */ /* The number of strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 nstrings; diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h index b267a8778..093e3b1c1 100644 --- a/intl/hash-string.h +++ b/intl/hash-string.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -18,14 +18,6 @@ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(Args) Args -# else -# define PARAMS(Args) () -# endif -#endif - /* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ #define HASHWORDBITS 32 @@ -33,11 +25,8 @@ /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ -static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); - static inline unsigned long int -hash_string (str_param) - const char *str_param; +hash_string (const char *str_param) { unsigned long int hval, g; const char *str = str_param; @@ -47,7 +36,7 @@ hash_string (str_param) while (*str != '\0') { hval <<= 4; - hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; + hval += (unsigned char) *str++; g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); if (g != 0) { diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c index 36b7af0f8..96f9d955d 100644 --- a/intl/intl-compat.c +++ b/intl/intl-compat.c @@ -58,8 +58,7 @@ DLL_EXPORTED char * -gettext (msgid) - const char *msgid; +gettext (const char *msgid) { return libintl_gettext (msgid); } @@ -67,9 +66,7 @@ gettext (msgid) DLL_EXPORTED char * -dgettext (domainname, msgid) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; +dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) { return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); } @@ -77,10 +74,7 @@ dgettext (domainname, msgid) DLL_EXPORTED char * -dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid; - int category; +dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) { return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); } @@ -88,10 +82,7 @@ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) DLL_EXPORTED char * -ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; +ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); } @@ -99,11 +90,8 @@ ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) DLL_EXPORTED char * -dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; +dngettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); } @@ -111,12 +99,9 @@ dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) DLL_EXPORTED char * -dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; - int category; +dcngettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) { return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); } @@ -124,8 +109,7 @@ dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) DLL_EXPORTED char * -textdomain (domainname) - const char *domainname; +textdomain (const char *domainname) { return libintl_textdomain (domainname); } @@ -133,9 +117,7 @@ textdomain (domainname) DLL_EXPORTED char * -bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) - const char *domainname; - const char *dirname; +bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) { return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); } @@ -143,9 +125,7 @@ bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) DLL_EXPORTED char * -bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) - const char *domainname; - const char *codeset; +bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) { return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); } diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c index ec8713f8e..eb995aafa 100644 --- a/intl/l10nflist.c +++ b/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ # endif #else # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY -static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); # endif #endif @@ -84,12 +84,8 @@ static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT /* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ -static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); - static size_t -argz_count__ (argz, len) - const char *argz; - size_t len; +argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len) { size_t count = 0; while (len > 0) @@ -112,13 +108,8 @@ argz_count__ (argz, len) #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY /* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's except the last into the character SEP. */ -static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); - static void -argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) - char *argz; - size_t len; - int sep; +argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep) { while (len > 0) { @@ -139,14 +130,8 @@ argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT -static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, - const char *entry)); - static char * -argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) - char *argz; - size_t argz_len; - const char *entry; +argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry) { if (entry) { @@ -167,11 +152,8 @@ argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) /* Return number of bits set in X. */ -static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); - static inline int -pop (x) - int x; +pop (int x) { /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); @@ -184,23 +166,13 @@ pop (x) struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, - territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, - sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) - struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; - const char *dirlist; - size_t dirlist_len; - int mask; - const char *language; - const char *territory; - const char *codeset; - const char *normalized_codeset; - const char *modifier; - const char *special; - const char *sponsor; - const char *revision; - const char *filename; - int do_allocate; +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, + int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, const char *special, + const char *sponsor, const char *revision, + const char *filename, int do_allocate) { char *abs_filename; struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; @@ -393,9 +365,7 @@ _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ const char * -_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) - const char *codeset; - size_t name_len; +_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len) { int len = 0; int only_digit = 1; @@ -442,9 +412,7 @@ _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * -stpcpy (dest, src) - char *dest; - const char *src; +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in index f596cfcb2..3be7eb990 100644 --- a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in +++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in @@ -47,16 +47,6 @@ # undef gettext #endif -/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers - used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */ -#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -93,7 +83,7 @@ extern "C" { If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ #if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) -# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) +# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) # define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM # else # ifdef __cplusplus @@ -125,7 +115,7 @@ static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define gettext libintl_gettext #endif -extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)) +extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid) _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext); #endif @@ -141,8 +131,7 @@ static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dgettext libintl_dgettext #endif -extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid)) +extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext); #endif @@ -160,9 +149,8 @@ static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext #endif -extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid, - int __category)) +extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext); #endif @@ -181,9 +169,8 @@ static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define ngettext libintl_ngettext #endif -extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)) +extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext); #endif @@ -201,10 +188,9 @@ static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dngettext libintl_dngettext #endif -extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n)) +extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext); #endif @@ -224,11 +210,9 @@ static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext #endif -extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__msgid1, - const char *__msgid2, - unsigned long int __n, - int __category)) +extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext); #endif @@ -246,7 +230,7 @@ static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define textdomain libintl_textdomain #endif -extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)) +extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); #endif @@ -264,8 +248,7 @@ static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain #endif -extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__dirname)) +extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname) _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); #endif @@ -283,12 +266,103 @@ static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, #ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS # define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset #endif -extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, - const char *__codeset)) +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); #endif +/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the + POSIX/XSI specification. + Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only + in source files that #include or #include "gettext.h". + Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _() + or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value + of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */ + +#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@ + +#include +#include + +/* Get va_list. */ +#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER +# include +#else +# include +#endif + +#undef fprintf +#define fprintf libintl_fprintf +extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...); +#undef vfprintf +#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf +extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list); + +#undef printf +#define printf libintl_printf +extern int printf (const char *, ...); +#undef vprintf +#define vprintf libintl_vprintf +extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list); + +#undef sprintf +#define sprintf libintl_sprintf +extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...); +#undef vsprintf +#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf +extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list); + +#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@ + +#undef snprintf +#define snprintf libintl_snprintf +extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...); +#undef vsnprintf +#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf +extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); + +#endif + +#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@ + +#undef asprintf +#define asprintf libintl_asprintf +extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...); +#undef vasprintf +#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf +extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list); + +#endif + +#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@ + +#undef fwprintf +#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf +extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vfwprintf +#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf +extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#undef wprintf +#define wprintf libintl_wprintf +extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vwprintf +#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf +extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#undef swprintf +#define swprintf libintl_swprintf +extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vswprintf +#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf +extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#endif + +#endif + + /* Support for relocatable packages. */ /* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. @@ -298,8 +372,8 @@ extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, instead of "/"). */ #define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix extern void - libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix, - const char *curr_prefix)); + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h index 1d3ba6162..65e5ebd1f 100644 --- a/intl/loadinfo.h +++ b/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. @@ -32,14 +32,6 @@ in gettextP.h. */ -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif @@ -89,8 +81,8 @@ struct loaded_l10nfile names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. */ -extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, - size_t name_len)); +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, + size_t name_len); /* Lookup a locale dependent file. *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent @@ -107,19 +99,18 @@ extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup results from which this lookup result inherits. */ extern struct loaded_l10nfile * -_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, - const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, - const char *language, const char *territory, - const char *codeset, - const char *normalized_codeset, - const char *modifier, const char *special, - const char *sponsor, const char *revision, - const char *filename, int do_allocate)); +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, const char *special, + const char *sponsor, const char *revision, + const char *filename, int do_allocate); /* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ -extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); +extern const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name); /* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision. @@ -139,18 +130,16 @@ extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR, CEN_REVISION for *REVISION. */ -extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, - const char **modifier, - const char **territory, - const char **codeset, - const char **normalized_codeset, - const char **special, - const char **sponsor, - const char **revision)); +extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset, + const char **special, const char **sponsor, + const char **revision); /* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ -extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); +extern char *_nl_find_language (const char *name); #endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c index 8509bd345..99c51b4c5 100644 --- a/intl/loadmsgcat.c +++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Load needed message catalogs. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -491,11 +491,6 @@ char *alloca (); #endif -/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of - function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */ -static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name)); - - /* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all translations. This is important if the translations are cached by one of GCC's features. */ @@ -504,8 +499,7 @@ int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; /* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ static const char * -get_sysdep_segment_value (name) - const char *name; +get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name) { /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. Syntax: @@ -754,6 +748,18 @@ get_sysdep_segment_value (name) } } } + /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */ + if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0') + { +#if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) + /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits + with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is + used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic. */ + return "I"; +#else + return ""; +#endif + } /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ return NULL; } @@ -762,10 +768,9 @@ get_sysdep_segment_value (name) Return the header entry. */ const char * internal_function -_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct loaded_domain *domain; - struct binding *domainbinding; +_nl_init_domain_conv (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct loaded_domain *domain, + struct binding *domainbinding) { /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this @@ -829,7 +834,7 @@ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); # else # if HAVE_ICONV - extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void)); + extern const char *locale_charset (void); outcharset = locale_charset (); # endif # endif @@ -881,8 +886,7 @@ _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) /* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ void internal_function -_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; +_nl_free_domain_conv (struct loaded_domain *domain) { if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) free (domain->conv_tab); @@ -902,9 +906,8 @@ _nl_free_domain_conv (domain) message catalog do nothing. */ void internal_function -_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) - struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; - struct binding *domainbinding; +_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding) { int fd; size_t size; @@ -1028,10 +1031,11 @@ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); - /* We support only the major revision 0. */ + /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */ switch (revision >> 16) { case 0: + case 1: domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); @@ -1071,12 +1075,13 @@ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) const char **sysdep_segment_values; const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings; size_t memneed; char *mem; struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; - unsigned int i; + unsigned int i, j; /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ n_sysdep_segments = @@ -1111,153 +1116,247 @@ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the - system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */ - memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings - * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc) - + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); - for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) + system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. + At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to + an undefined system dependent segment. */ + n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0; + memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) { - const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = - (const struct sysdep_string *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, - i < n_sysdep_strings - ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] - : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); - size_t need = 0; - const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; - - if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) - for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) - { - nls_uint32 sysdepref; - - need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - - sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); - if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) - break; - - if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + int valid = 1; + size_t needs[2]; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + size_t need = 0; + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) { - /* Invalid. */ - freea (sysdep_segment_values); - goto invalid; - } + nls_uint32 sysdepref; - need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); - } + need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - memneed += need; - } + sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; - /* Allocate additional memory. */ - mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); - if (mem == NULL) - goto invalid; - - domain->malloced = mem; - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; - mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); - inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; - mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); - inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; - mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); - - /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ - for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) - { - const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = - (const struct sysdep_string *) - ((char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, - i < n_sysdep_strings - ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] - : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); - const char *static_segments = - (char *) data - + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); - const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + { + /* Invalid. */ + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + + need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + } - /* Concatenate the segments, and fill - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and - inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for - i >= n_sysdep_strings). */ + needs[j] = need; + if (!valid) + break; + } - if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END) + if (valid) { - /* Only one static segment. */ - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = - W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments; + n_inmem_sysdep_strings++; + memneed += needs[0] + needs[1]; } - else + } + memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + + if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + unsigned int k; + + /* Allocate additional memory. */ + mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); + if (mem == NULL) + goto invalid; + + domain->malloced = mem; + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; + mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + + /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ + k = 0; + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) { - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem; + int valid = 1; - for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) { - nls_uint32 segsize = - W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); - nls_uint32 sysdepref = - W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); - size_t n; + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is + invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + } + + if (!valid) + break; + } - if (segsize > 0) + if (valid) + { + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) { - memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); - mem += segsize; - static_segments += segsize; + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const char *static_segments = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + /* Concatenate the segments, and fill + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */ + + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry = + (j == 0 + ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab + : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab) + + k; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + == SEGMENTS_END) + { + /* Only one static segment. */ + inmem_tab_entry->length = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments; + } + else + { + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem; + + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 segsize = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + nls_uint32 sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + size_t n; + + if (segsize > 0) + { + memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); + mem += segsize; + static_segments += segsize; + } + + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); + mem += n; + } + + inmem_tab_entry->length = + mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer; + } } - if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) - break; - - n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); - memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); - mem += n; + k++; } - - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = - mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; } - } - - /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ - for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) - inmem_hash_tab[i] = - W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); - for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) - { - const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; - nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); - nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; - nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); - - for (;;) + if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings) + abort (); + + /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ + for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) + inmem_hash_tab[i] = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); + for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++) { - if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = + 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + for (;;) { - /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ - inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; - break; - } + if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + { + /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ + inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; + break; + } - if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) - idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; - else - idx += incr; + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } } - } - freea (sysdep_segment_values); + domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; - domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings; - domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; - domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } - domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; - domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + freea (sysdep_segment_values); } else { @@ -1299,8 +1398,7 @@ _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) #ifdef _LIBC void internal_function -_nl_unload_domain (domain) - struct loaded_domain *domain; +_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain) { if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c index d04d05368..4865f1037 100644 --- a/intl/localcharset.c +++ b/intl/localcharset.c @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) #endif -#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED +#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED # undef getc # define getc getc_unlocked #endif diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias index bd7b9b31e..bd6bb2562 100644 --- a/intl/locale.alias +++ b/intl/locale.alias @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Locale name alias data base. -# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ # Packages using this file: -bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +bokmål nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ korean ko_KR.eucKR korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 -nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 -norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c index 7c4ce58f2..2eaf8813e 100644 --- a/intl/localealias.c +++ b/intl/localealias.c @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); # define freea(p) free (p) #endif -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED # undef fgets # define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) #endif -#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED # undef feof # define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) #endif @@ -140,16 +140,15 @@ static size_t maxmap; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) +static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) internal_function; -static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); -static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, - const struct alias_map *map2)); +static int extend_alias_table (void); +static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2); const char * -_nl_expand_alias (name) - const char *name; +_nl_expand_alias (const char *name) { static const char *locale_alias_path; struct alias_map *retval; @@ -172,8 +171,8 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name) if (nmap > 0) retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, - const void *)) + (int (*) (const void *, + const void *) ) alias_compare); else retval = NULL; @@ -215,9 +214,7 @@ _nl_expand_alias (name) static size_t internal_function -read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) - const char *fname; - int fname_len; +read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) { FILE *fp; char *full_fname; @@ -361,7 +358,7 @@ read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) if (added > 0) qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), - (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); + (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare); return added; } @@ -387,9 +384,7 @@ extend_alias_table () static int -alias_compare (map1, map2) - const struct alias_map *map1; - const struct alias_map *map2; +alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); diff --git a/intl/localename.c b/intl/localename.c index faacecd50..5662e54ff 100644 --- a/intl/localename.c +++ b/intl/localename.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Determine the current selected locale. - Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -34,6 +34,124 @@ #ifdef WIN32 # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include +/* List of language codes, sorted by value: + 0x01 LANG_ARABIC + 0x02 LANG_BULGARIAN + 0x03 LANG_CATALAN + 0x04 LANG_CHINESE + 0x05 LANG_CZECH + 0x06 LANG_DANISH + 0x07 LANG_GERMAN + 0x08 LANG_GREEK + 0x09 LANG_ENGLISH + 0x0a LANG_SPANISH + 0x0b LANG_FINNISH + 0x0c LANG_FRENCH + 0x0d LANG_HEBREW + 0x0e LANG_HUNGARIAN + 0x0f LANG_ICELANDIC + 0x10 LANG_ITALIAN + 0x11 LANG_JAPANESE + 0x12 LANG_KOREAN + 0x13 LANG_DUTCH + 0x14 LANG_NORWEGIAN + 0x15 LANG_POLISH + 0x16 LANG_PORTUGUESE + 0x17 LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE + 0x18 LANG_ROMANIAN + 0x19 LANG_RUSSIAN + 0x1a LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + 0x1b LANG_SLOVAK + 0x1c LANG_ALBANIAN + 0x1d LANG_SWEDISH + 0x1e LANG_THAI + 0x1f LANG_TURKISH + 0x20 LANG_URDU + 0x21 LANG_INDONESIAN + 0x22 LANG_UKRAINIAN + 0x23 LANG_BELARUSIAN + 0x24 LANG_SLOVENIAN + 0x25 LANG_ESTONIAN + 0x26 LANG_LATVIAN + 0x27 LANG_LITHUANIAN + 0x28 LANG_TAJIK + 0x29 LANG_FARSI + 0x2a LANG_VIETNAMESE + 0x2b LANG_ARMENIAN + 0x2c LANG_AZERI + 0x2d LANG_BASQUE + 0x2e LANG_SORBIAN + 0x2f LANG_MACEDONIAN + 0x30 LANG_SUTU + 0x31 LANG_TSONGA + 0x32 LANG_TSWANA + 0x33 LANG_VENDA + 0x34 LANG_XHOSA + 0x35 LANG_ZULU + 0x36 LANG_AFRIKAANS + 0x37 LANG_GEORGIAN + 0x38 LANG_FAEROESE + 0x39 LANG_HINDI + 0x3a LANG_MALTESE + 0x3b LANG_SAAMI + 0x3c LANG_GAELIC + 0x3d LANG_YIDDISH + 0x3e LANG_MALAY + 0x3f LANG_KAZAK + 0x40 LANG_KYRGYZ + 0x41 LANG_SWAHILI + 0x42 LANG_TURKMEN + 0x43 LANG_UZBEK + 0x44 LANG_TATAR + 0x45 LANG_BENGALI + 0x46 LANG_PUNJABI + 0x47 LANG_GUJARATI + 0x48 LANG_ORIYA + 0x49 LANG_TAMIL + 0x4a LANG_TELUGU + 0x4b LANG_KANNADA + 0x4c LANG_MALAYALAM + 0x4d LANG_ASSAMESE + 0x4e LANG_MARATHI + 0x4f LANG_SANSKRIT + 0x50 LANG_MONGOLIAN + 0x51 LANG_TIBETAN + 0x52 LANG_WELSH + 0x53 LANG_CAMBODIAN + 0x54 LANG_LAO + 0x55 LANG_BURMESE + 0x56 LANG_GALICIAN + 0x57 LANG_KONKANI + 0x58 LANG_MANIPURI + 0x59 LANG_SINDHI + 0x5a LANG_SYRIAC + 0x5b LANG_SINHALESE + 0x5c LANG_CHEROKEE + 0x5d LANG_INUKTITUT + 0x5e LANG_AMHARIC + 0x5f LANG_TAMAZIGHT + 0x60 LANG_KASHMIRI + 0x61 LANG_NEPALI + 0x62 LANG_FRISIAN + 0x63 LANG_PASHTO + 0x64 LANG_TAGALOG + 0x65 LANG_DIVEHI + 0x66 LANG_EDO + 0x67 LANG_FULFULDE + 0x68 LANG_HAUSA + 0x69 LANG_IBIBIO + 0x6a LANG_YORUBA + 0x70 LANG_IGBO + 0x71 LANG_KANURI + 0x72 LANG_OROMO + 0x73 LANG_TIGRINYA + 0x74 LANG_GUARANI + 0x75 LANG_HAWAIIAN + 0x76 LANG_LATIN + 0x77 LANG_SOMALI + 0x78 LANG_YI + 0x79 LANG_PAPIAMENTU +*/ /* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ # ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS # define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 @@ -41,6 +159,9 @@ # ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN # define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c # endif +# ifndef LANG_AMHARIC +# define LANG_AMHARIC 0x5e +# endif # ifndef LANG_ARABIC # define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 # endif @@ -62,12 +183,24 @@ # ifndef LANG_BENGALI # define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 # endif +# ifndef LANG_BURMESE +# define LANG_BURMESE 0x55 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CAMBODIAN +# define LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x53 +# endif # ifndef LANG_CATALAN # define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 # endif +# ifndef LANG_CHEROKEE +# define LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5c +# endif # ifndef LANG_DIVEHI # define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 # endif +# ifndef LANG_EDO +# define LANG_EDO 0x66 +# endif # ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN # define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 # endif @@ -77,27 +210,57 @@ # ifndef LANG_FARSI # define LANG_FARSI 0x29 # endif +# ifndef LANG_FRISIAN +# define LANG_FRISIAN 0x62 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FULFULDE +# define LANG_FULFULDE 0x67 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GAELIC +# define LANG_GAELIC 0x3c +# endif # ifndef LANG_GALICIAN # define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 # endif # ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN # define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 # endif +# ifndef LANG_GUARANI +# define LANG_GUARANI 0x74 +# endif # ifndef LANG_GUJARATI # define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 # endif +# ifndef LANG_HAUSA +# define LANG_HAUSA 0x68 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HAWAIIAN +# define LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x75 +# endif # ifndef LANG_HEBREW # define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d # endif # ifndef LANG_HINDI # define LANG_HINDI 0x39 # endif +# ifndef LANG_IBIBIO +# define LANG_IBIBIO 0x69 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_IGBO +# define LANG_IGBO 0x70 +# endif # ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN # define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 # endif +# ifndef LANG_INUKTITUT +# define LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5d +# endif # ifndef LANG_KANNADA # define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b # endif +# ifndef LANG_KANURI +# define LANG_KANURI 0x71 +# endif # ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI # define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 # endif @@ -110,6 +273,12 @@ # ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ # define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 # endif +# ifndef LANG_LAO +# define LANG_LAO 0x54 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATIN +# define LANG_LATIN 0x76 +# endif # ifndef LANG_LATVIAN # define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 # endif @@ -125,6 +294,9 @@ # ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM # define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c # endif +# ifndef LANG_MALTESE +# define LANG_MALTESE 0x3a +# endif # ifndef LANG_MANIPURI # define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 # endif @@ -140,9 +312,24 @@ # ifndef LANG_ORIYA # define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 # endif +# ifndef LANG_OROMO +# define LANG_OROMO 0x72 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PAPIAMENTU +# define LANG_PAPIAMENTU 0x79 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PASHTO +# define LANG_PASHTO 0x63 +# endif # ifndef LANG_PUNJABI # define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 # endif +# ifndef LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE +# define LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x17 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SAAMI +# define LANG_SAAMI 0x3b +# endif # ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT # define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f # endif @@ -152,18 +339,36 @@ # ifndef LANG_SINDHI # define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 # endif +# ifndef LANG_SINHALESE +# define LANG_SINHALESE 0x5b +# endif # ifndef LANG_SLOVAK # define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b # endif +# ifndef LANG_SOMALI +# define LANG_SOMALI 0x77 +# endif # ifndef LANG_SORBIAN # define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e # endif +# ifndef LANG_SUTU +# define LANG_SUTU 0x30 +# endif # ifndef LANG_SWAHILI # define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 # endif # ifndef LANG_SYRIAC # define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a # endif +# ifndef LANG_TAGALOG +# define LANG_TAGALOG 0x64 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAJIK +# define LANG_TAJIK 0x28 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMAZIGHT +# define LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x5f +# endif # ifndef LANG_TAMIL # define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 # endif @@ -176,6 +381,21 @@ # ifndef LANG_THAI # define LANG_THAI 0x1e # endif +# ifndef LANG_TIBETAN +# define LANG_TIBETAN 0x51 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TIGRINYA +# define LANG_TIGRINYA 0x73 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TSONGA +# define LANG_TSONGA 0x31 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TSWANA +# define LANG_TSWANA 0x32 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TURKMEN +# define LANG_TURKMEN 0x42 +# endif # ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN # define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 # endif @@ -185,9 +405,30 @@ # ifndef LANG_UZBEK # define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 # endif +# ifndef LANG_VENDA +# define LANG_VENDA 0x33 +# endif # ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE # define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a # endif +# ifndef LANG_WELSH +# define LANG_WELSH 0x52 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_XHOSA +# define LANG_XHOSA 0x34 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YI +# define LANG_YI 0x78 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YIDDISH +# define LANG_YIDDISH 0x3d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YORUBA +# define LANG_YORUBA 0x6a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ZULU +# define LANG_ZULU 0x35 +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA # define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 # endif @@ -242,6 +483,12 @@ # ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC # define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 # endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH +# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x01 +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU # define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 # endif @@ -266,12 +513,54 @@ # ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES # define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d # endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x12 +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO # define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 # endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI 0x0f +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG # define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 # endif @@ -290,12 +579,30 @@ # ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA # define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 # endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA +# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA +# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA 0x01 +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN # define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 # endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC # define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 # endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA # define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 # endif @@ -350,6 +657,18 @@ # ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND # define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 # endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC +# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA +# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA 0x00 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA +# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA 0x01 +# endif # ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN # define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 # endif @@ -381,9 +700,7 @@ The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ const char * -_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) - int category; - const char *categoryname; +_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname) { const char *retval; @@ -454,7 +771,7 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) { case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; - case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET"; + case LANG_AMHARIC: return "am_ET"; case LANG_ARABIC: switch (sub) { @@ -489,12 +806,18 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case LANG_BASQUE: return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; - case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN"; + case LANG_BENGALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA: return "bn_IN"; + case SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH: return "bn_BD"; + } + return "bn"; case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; - case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM"; - case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH"; + case LANG_BURMESE: return "my_MM"; + case LANG_CAMBODIAN: return "km_KH"; case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; - case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US"; + case LANG_CHEROKEE: return "chr_US"; case LANG_CHINESE: switch (sub) { @@ -516,13 +839,13 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) switch (sub) { case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; - case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU"; - case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_CS"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_CS@cyrillic"; } return "hr"; case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; - case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV"; + case LANG_DIVEHI: return "dv_MV"; case LANG_DUTCH: switch (sub) { @@ -530,7 +853,7 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; } return "nl"; - case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG"; + case LANG_EDO: return "bin_NG"; case LANG_ENGLISH: switch (sub) { @@ -551,6 +874,11 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA: return "en_ID"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG: return "en_HK"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA: return "en_IN"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA: return "en_MY"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE: return "en_SG"; } return "en"; case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; @@ -566,11 +894,22 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES: return "fr"; /* Caribbean? */ + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION: return "fr_RE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO: return "fr_CG"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL: return "fr_SN"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON: return "fr_CM"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE: return "fr_CI"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI: return "fr_ML"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO: return "fr_MA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI: return "fr_HT"; } return "fr"; - case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL"; - case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG"; - case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */ + case LANG_FRISIAN: return "fy_NL"; + case LANG_FULFULDE: + /* Spoken in Nigeria, Guinea, Senegal, Mali, Niger, Cameroon, Benin. */ + return "ff_NG"; + case LANG_GAELIC: switch (sub) { case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; @@ -590,21 +929,21 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) } return "de"; case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; - case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY"; + case LANG_GUARANI: return "gn_PY"; case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; - case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG"; - case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */ + case LANG_HAUSA: return "ha_NG"; + case LANG_HAWAIIAN: /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ return "cpe_US"; case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; - case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG"; + case LANG_IBIBIO: return "nic_NG"; case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; - case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG"; + case LANG_IGBO: return "ig_NG"; case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; - case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA"; + case LANG_INUKTITUT: return "iu_CA"; case LANG_ITALIAN: switch (sub) { @@ -614,7 +953,7 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) return "it"; case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; - case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG"; + case LANG_KANURI: return "kr_NG"; case LANG_KASHMIRI: switch (sub) { @@ -628,8 +967,8 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) return "kok_IN"; case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; - case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA"; - case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA"; + case LANG_LAO: return "lo_LA"; + case LANG_LATIN: return "la_VA"; case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; @@ -641,7 +980,7 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) } return "ms"; case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; - case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT"; + case LANG_MALTESE: return "mt_MT"; case LANG_MANIPURI: /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ return "mni_IN"; @@ -663,9 +1002,9 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) } return "no"; case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; - case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET"; - case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN"; - case 0x63: /* PASHTO */ + case LANG_OROMO: return "om_ET"; + case LANG_PAPIAMENTU: return "pap_AN"; + case LANG_PASHTO: return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; case LANG_PORTUGUESE: @@ -677,18 +1016,36 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; } return "pt"; - case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN"; - case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH"; - case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO"; + case LANG_PUNJABI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA: return "pa_IN"; /* Gurmukhi script */ + case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN: return "pa_PK"; /* Arabic script */ + } + return "pa"; + case LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE: return "rm_CH"; + case LANG_ROMANIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA: return "ro_RO"; + case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA: return "ro_MD"; + } + return "ro"; case LANG_RUSSIAN: - return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */ - case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO"; + return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA" or "ru_MD". */ + case LANG_SAAMI: /* actually Northern Sami */ return "se_NO"; case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; - case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd"; - case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK"; + case LANG_SINDHI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SINDHI_INDIA: return "sd_IN"; + case SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN: return "sd_PK"; + } + return "sd"; + case LANG_SINHALESE: return "si_LK"; case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; - case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO"; + case LANG_SOMALI: return "so_SO"; case LANG_SORBIAN: /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ return "wen_DE"; @@ -718,7 +1075,7 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; } return "es"; - case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ"; + case LANG_SUTU: return "bnt_TZ"; /* or "st_LS" or "nso_ZA"? */ case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; case LANG_SWEDISH: switch (sub) @@ -728,19 +1085,33 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) } return "sv"; case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ - case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH"; - case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ"; - case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA"; + case LANG_TAGALOG: return "tl_PH"; + case LANG_TAJIK: return "tg_TJ"; + case LANG_TAMAZIGHT: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Tamazight locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC: return "ber_MA@arabic"; + case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_LATIN: return "ber_MA@latin"; + } + return "ber_MA"; case LANG_TAMIL: return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; - case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN"; - case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET"; - case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA"; + case LANG_TIBETAN: return "bo_CN"; + case LANG_TIGRINYA: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA: return "ti_ET"; + case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA: return "ti_ER"; + } + return "ti"; + case LANG_TSONGA: return "ts_ZA"; + case LANG_TSWANA: return "tn_BW"; case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; - case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM"; + case LANG_TURKMEN: return "tk_TM"; case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; case LANG_URDU: switch (sub) @@ -752,19 +1123,18 @@ _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) case LANG_UZBEK: switch (sub) { - /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */ - case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ"; case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; } return "uz"; - case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA"; + case LANG_VENDA: return "ve_ZA"; case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; - case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB"; - case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA"; - case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN"; - case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL"; - case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG"; - case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA"; + case LANG_WELSH: return "cy_GB"; + case LANG_XHOSA: return "xh_ZA"; + case LANG_YI: return "sit_CN"; + case LANG_YIDDISH: return "yi_IL"; + case LANG_YORUBA: return "yo_NG"; + case LANG_ZULU: return "zu_ZA"; default: return "C"; } diff --git a/intl/log.c b/intl/log.c index 9c84791b9..cb6076e80 100644 --- a/intl/log.c +++ b/intl/log.c @@ -28,9 +28,7 @@ /* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ static void -print_escaped (stream, str) - FILE *stream; - const char *str; +print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str) { putc ('"', stream); for (; *str != '\0'; str++) @@ -52,12 +50,8 @@ print_escaped (stream, str) /* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ void -_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural) - const char *logfilename; - const char *domainname; - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - int plural; +_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) { static char *last_logfilename = NULL; static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c index 17a27f4aa..e73e00c48 100644 --- a/intl/ngettext.c +++ b/intl/ngettext.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -54,10 +54,7 @@ LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * -NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) - const char *msgid1; - const char *msgid2; - unsigned long int n; +NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) { return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); } diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.c b/intl/plural-exp.c index c937c011a..8c04e6426 100644 --- a/intl/plural-exp.c +++ b/intl/plural-exp.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -96,10 +96,8 @@ init_germanic_plural () void internal_function -EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp) - const char *nullentry; - struct expression **pluralp; - unsigned long int *npluralsp; +EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) { if (nullentry != NULL) { diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.h b/intl/plural-exp.h index 9e5d16583..49e2c5bfc 100644 --- a/intl/plural-exp.h +++ b/intl/plural-exp.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -20,14 +20,6 @@ #ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H #define _PLURAL_EXP_H -#ifndef PARAMS -# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES -# define PARAMS(args) args -# else -# define PARAMS(args) () -# endif -#endif - #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif @@ -109,18 +101,18 @@ struct parse_args # define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression #endif -extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) +extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) internal_function; -extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg)); +extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg); extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; -extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry, - struct expression **pluralp, - unsigned long int *npluralsp)) +extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, + struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) internal_function; #if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) -extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, - unsigned long int n)); +extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n); #endif #endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c index 3a4fa20ca..72494f9eb 100644 --- a/intl/plural.c +++ b/intl/plural.c @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ #line 1 "plural.y" /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -75,28 +75,13 @@ typedef union { #line 55 "plural.y" /* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); +static void yyerror (const char *str); /* Allocation of expressions. */ static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; +new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) { int i; struct expression *newp; @@ -125,16 +110,13 @@ new_exp (nargs, op, args) } static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; +new_exp_0 (enum operator op) { return new_exp (0, op, NULL); } static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; +new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[1]; @@ -143,10 +125,7 @@ new_exp_1 (op, right) } static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; +new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[2]; @@ -156,11 +135,8 @@ new_exp_2 (op, left, right) } static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; +new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) { struct expression *args[3]; @@ -236,8 +212,8 @@ static const short yyrhs[] = /* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ static const short yyrline[] = { - 0, 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, - 214, 218, 223 + 0, 150, 158, 162, 166, 170, 174, 178, 182, 186, + 190, 194, 199 }; #endif @@ -1027,7 +1003,7 @@ yyreduce: switch (yyn) { case 1: -#line 175 "plural.y" +#line 151 "plural.y" { if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) YYABORT; @@ -1035,68 +1011,68 @@ case 1: } break; case 2: -#line 183 "plural.y" +#line 159 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 3: -#line 187 "plural.y" +#line 163 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 4: -#line 191 "plural.y" +#line 167 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 5: -#line 195 "plural.y" +#line 171 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 6: -#line 199 "plural.y" +#line 175 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 7: -#line 203 "plural.y" +#line 179 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 8: -#line 207 "plural.y" +#line 183 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 9: -#line 211 "plural.y" +#line 187 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); } break; case 10: -#line 215 "plural.y" +#line 191 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); } break; case 11: -#line 219 "plural.y" +#line 195 "plural.y" { if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; } break; case 12: -#line 224 "plural.y" +#line 200 "plural.y" { yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; } @@ -1334,13 +1310,12 @@ yyreturn: #endif return yyresult; } -#line 229 "plural.y" +#line 205 "plural.y" void internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) { if (exp == NULL) return; @@ -1366,9 +1341,7 @@ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) { const char *exp = *pexp; int result; @@ -1511,8 +1484,7 @@ yylex (lval, pexp) static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; +yyerror (const char *str) { /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ } diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y index 616b7c11a..4d33bd7c7 100644 --- a/intl/plural.y +++ b/intl/plural.y @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %{ /* Expression parsing for plural form selection. - Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 2000. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it @@ -54,28 +54,13 @@ %{ /* Prototypes for local functions. */ -static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, - struct expression * const *args)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *right)); -static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *left, - struct expression *right)); -static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, - struct expression *bexp, - struct expression *tbranch, - struct expression *fbranch)); -static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); -static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); +static void yyerror (const char *str); /* Allocation of expressions. */ static struct expression * -new_exp (nargs, op, args) - int nargs; - enum operator op; - struct expression * const *args; +new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args) { int i; struct expression *newp; @@ -104,16 +89,13 @@ new_exp (nargs, op, args) } static inline struct expression * -new_exp_0 (op) - enum operator op; +new_exp_0 (enum operator op) { return new_exp (0, op, NULL); } static inline struct expression * -new_exp_1 (op, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *right; +new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[1]; @@ -122,10 +104,7 @@ new_exp_1 (op, right) } static struct expression * -new_exp_2 (op, left, right) - enum operator op; - struct expression *left; - struct expression *right; +new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right) { struct expression *args[2]; @@ -135,11 +114,8 @@ new_exp_2 (op, left, right) } static inline struct expression * -new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) - enum operator op; - struct expression *bexp; - struct expression *tbranch; - struct expression *fbranch; +new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) { struct expression *args[3]; @@ -230,8 +206,7 @@ exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp void internal_function -FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) - struct expression *exp; +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) { if (exp == NULL) return; @@ -257,9 +232,7 @@ FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) static int -yylex (lval, pexp) - YYSTYPE *lval; - const char **pexp; +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) { const char *exp = *pexp; int result; @@ -402,8 +375,7 @@ yylex (lval, pexp) static void -yyerror (str) - const char *str; +yyerror (const char *str) { /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ } diff --git a/intl/relocatable.c b/intl/relocatable.c index 16f79a528..bf7c70854 100644 --- a/intl/relocatable.c +++ b/intl/relocatable.c @@ -42,7 +42,12 @@ #ifdef NO_XMALLOC # define xmalloc malloc #else -# include "xmalloc.h" +# include "xalloc.h" +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include #endif #if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET @@ -152,6 +157,8 @@ set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) #endif } +#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR) + /* Convenience function: Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular @@ -266,6 +273,8 @@ compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, } } +#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */ + #if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR /* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ @@ -304,7 +313,8 @@ DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) static void find_shared_library_fullname () { -#ifdef __linux__ +#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 + /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */ FILE *fp; /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ diff --git a/intl/relocatable.h b/intl/relocatable.h index d141200a6..48c5b71e2 100644 --- a/intl/relocatable.h +++ b/intl/relocatable.h @@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ #ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H #define _RELOCATABLE_H +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + /* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ #if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE @@ -64,4 +69,9 @@ extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, #endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + #endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c index f259c696d..8745a8435 100644 --- a/intl/textdomain.c +++ b/intl/textdomain.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. - Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published @@ -77,8 +77,7 @@ __libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ char * -TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) - const char *domainname; +TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname) { char *new_domain; char *old_domain; diff --git a/kbx/ChangeLog b/kbx/ChangeLog index f13434de8..546b4c34d 100644 --- a/kbx/ChangeLog +++ b/kbx/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am: Adjusted fro gettext 0.14. + 2004-08-24 Werner Koch * kbxutil.c: New command --import-openpgp. diff --git a/kbx/Makefile.am b/kbx/Makefile.am index 6b6a59b26..0b35587cb 100644 --- a/kbx/Makefile.am +++ b/kbx/Makefile.am @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ libkeybox_a_SOURCES = $(common_sources) kbxutil_SOURCES = kbxutil.c $(common_sources) kbxutil_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a $(KSBA_LIBS) $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) \ - -lgpg-error @INTLLIBS@ + -lgpg-error @LIBINTL@ diff --git a/m4/ChangeLog b/m4/ChangeLog index efcded757..a7a9d1e36 100644 --- a/m4/ChangeLog +++ b/m4/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,25 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * gpg-error.m4, libassuan.m4, libgcrypt.m4: Updated. + +2004-09-30 gettextize + + * gettext.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + * intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * lib-ld.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + * lib-prefix.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + * longdouble.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * po.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + * printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * signed.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * ulonglong.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + * wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.14.1. + * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add the new files. + 2004-03-06 Werner Koch * libgcrypt.m4: Updated. diff --git a/m4/Makefile.am b/m4/Makefile.am index 0eb02f694..a31103ff6 100644 --- a/m4/Makefile.am +++ b/m4/Makefile.am @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 +EXTRA_DIST = intmax.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 printf-posix.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4 codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 EXTRA_DIST += gpg-error.m4 libgcrypt.m4 libassuan.m4 ksba.m4 diff --git a/m4/gettext.m4 b/m4/gettext.m4 index 16070b40a..a374f03fa 100644 --- a/m4/gettext.m4 +++ b/m4/gettext.m4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# gettext.m4 serial 20 (gettext-0.12) +# gettext.m4 serial 28 (gettext-0.13) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General @@ -354,9 +354,18 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([bh_C_SIGNED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H]) + AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T]) + AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl @@ -364,14 +373,57 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])dnl AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl + AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl + AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], , + [AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long], + [Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.]) + ]) AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \ stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h]) - AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \ -geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \ -strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ + AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid \ +mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale snprintf stpcpy strcasecmp strdup \ +strtoul tsearch wcslen __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next \ __fsetlocking]) + dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it + dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter). + gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include ]) + gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include ]) + + dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared. + dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris + dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built + dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6). + dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13. + gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include ]) + gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include ]) + gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include ]) + + case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in + *yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;; + *) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;; + esac + AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF]) + if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then + HAVE_ASPRINTF=1 + else + HAVE_ASPRINTF=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF]) + if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then + HAVE_SNPRINTF=1 + else + HAVE_SNPRINTF=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF]) + if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then + HAVE_WPRINTF=1 + else + HAVE_WPRINTF=0 + fi + AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF]) + AM_ICONV AM_LANGINFO_CODESET if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then @@ -411,5 +463,25 @@ changequote([,])dnl ]) +dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES) +dnl Check whether a function is declared. +AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL], +[ + AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1, + [AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [ +#ifndef $1 + char *p = (char *) $1; +#endif +], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)]) + if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then + gt_value=1 + else + gt_value=0 + fi + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value], + [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.]) +]) + + dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) diff --git a/m4/gpg-error.m4 b/m4/gpg-error.m4 index 931630b14..a5875f004 100644 --- a/m4/gpg-error.m4 +++ b/m4/gpg-error.m4 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ dnl AM_PATH_GPG_ERROR([MINIMUM-VERSION, dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND ]]]) dnl Test for libgpg-error and define GPG_ERROR_CFLAGS and GPG_ERROR_LIBS dnl -AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_GPG_ERROR, +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_GPG_ERROR], [ AC_ARG_WITH(gpg-error-prefix, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-gpg-error-prefix=PFX], [prefix where GPG Error is installed (optional)]), diff --git a/m4/lib-ld.m4 b/m4/lib-ld.m4 index 11d0ce773..38aeaec19 100644 --- a/m4/lib-ld.m4 +++ b/m4/lib-ld.m4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# lib-ld.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.12) +# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General @@ -14,11 +14,12 @@ dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. -if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then - acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes -else - acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no -fi]) +case `$LD -v 2>&1 &1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then - test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break - else - test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break - fi + case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in + *GNU* | *'with BFD'*) + test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;; + *) + test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;; + esac fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" diff --git a/m4/lib-prefix.m4 b/m4/lib-prefix.m4 index c719bc809..8aff5a9d2 100644 --- a/m4/lib-prefix.m4 +++ b/m4/lib-prefix.m4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# lib-prefix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.12) +# lib-prefix.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13) dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't dnl require excessive bracketing. ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])], -[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) +[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that diff --git a/m4/libassuan.m4 b/m4/libassuan.m4 index 2afc69737..16b664ce4 100644 --- a/m4/libassuan.m4 +++ b/m4/libassuan.m4 @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ dnl AM_PATH_LIBASSUAN([MINIMUM-VERSION, dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND ]]]) dnl Test for libassuan and define LIBASSUAN_CFLAGS and LIBASSUAN_LIBS dnl -AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_LIBASSUAN, +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_LIBASSUAN], [ AC_ARG_WITH(libassuan-prefix, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libassuan-prefix=PFX], [prefix where LIBASSUAN is installed (optional)]), diff --git a/m4/libgcrypt.m4 b/m4/libgcrypt.m4 index e5f2a43c0..20bd10556 100644 --- a/m4/libgcrypt.m4 +++ b/m4/libgcrypt.m4 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ dnl version of libgcrypt is at least 1.2.5 *and* the API number is 1. Using dnl this features allows to prevent build against newer versions of libgcrypt dnl with a changed API. dnl -AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT, +AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT], [ AC_ARG_WITH(libgcrypt-prefix, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libgcrypt-prefix=PFX], [prefix where LIBGCRYPT is installed (optional)]), diff --git a/m4/po.m4 b/m4/po.m4 index 861e3dec3..e16199881 100644 --- a/m4/po.m4 +++ b/m4/po.m4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# po.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12) +# po.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.14) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" - # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend + # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration # parameters. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then @@ -127,19 +127,27 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' fi + # Compute POFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) + # Compute UPDATEPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) + # Compute DUMMYPOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) + # Compute GMOFILES + # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdirpre= ;; *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; esac POFILES= - GMOFILES= UPDATEPOFILES= DUMMYPOFILES= + GMOFILES= for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" - GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" + GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" done # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS # environment variable. @@ -174,7 +182,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], done fi test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" - sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" + sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do if test -f "$f"; then case "$f" in @@ -188,10 +196,231 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], esac done], [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute - # POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it + # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it # from automake. eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" ]) ]) + +dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files. +AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE], +[ + # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been + # set: + # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in, + # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure + # time. + +changequote(,)dnl + # Adjust a relative srcdir. + ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. + # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. + test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; + /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash. + if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + gt_echo='echo' + else + if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then + gt_echo='printf %s\n' + else + echo_func () { + cat < "$ac_file.tmp" + if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then + # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" < /dev/null; then + # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. + for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do + frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g'` + cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <> "$ac_file.tmp" <> i | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull;], ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=yes, ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=no)]) if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1, - [Define if you have the unsigned long long type.]) + [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.]) fi ]) diff --git a/po/ChangeLog b/po/ChangeLog index 25d7d4595..b7a550c11 100644 --- a/po/ChangeLog +++ b/po/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +2004-09-30 gettextize + + * Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + * Rules-quot: Upgrade to gettext-0.14.1. + 2004-09-30 Werner Koch * de.po: Updated. diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in index 27b721aa8..53efc5e16 100644 --- a/po/Makefile.in.in +++ b/po/Makefile.in.in @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. -# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 by Ulrich Drepper +# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2004 by Ulrich Drepper # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ # functionality. # Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU # General Public License and is *not* in the public domain. +# +# Origin: gettext-0.14 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ @@ -55,7 +57,7 @@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ # Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!) .SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update +.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update .po.mo: @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \ @@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ all-no: # $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be # changed. stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot - test -z "$(CATALOGS)" || $(MAKE) $(CATALOGS) + test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES) @echo "touch stamp-po" @echo timestamp > stamp-poT @mv stamp-poT stamp-po @@ -128,9 +130,13 @@ $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot: # Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. $(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \ - test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ - echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ - cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot + if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ + cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \ + fi install: install-exec install-data @@ -310,6 +316,13 @@ update-po: Makefile test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES) $(MAKE) update-gmo +# General rule for creating PO files. + +.nop.po-create: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \ + echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \ + exit 1 + # General rule for updating PO files. .nop.po-update: diff --git a/po/Rules-quot b/po/Rules-quot index 5f46d237d..9c2a995e3 100644 --- a/po/Rules-quot +++ b/po/Rules-quot @@ -4,6 +4,11 @@ DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.heade .SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en +en@quot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update +en@boldquot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update + en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en diff --git a/scd/ChangeLog b/scd/ChangeLog index 9640ef6b2..493af3fd6 100644 --- a/scd/ChangeLog +++ b/scd/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 2004-09-30 Werner Koch + * Makefile.am: Adjusted for gettext 0.14. + * app-openpgp.c (do_sign): Add the error string to the verify failed messages. diff --git a/scd/Makefile.am b/scd/Makefile.am index 5c49ee6f9..d1d669a1a 100644 --- a/scd/Makefile.am +++ b/scd/Makefile.am @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ scdaemon_SOURCES = \ scdaemon_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a ../common/libcommon.a \ $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(pth_libs) \ $(KSBA_LIBS) $(LIBASSUAN_LIBS) \ - $(LIBUSB_LIBS) $(OPENSC_LIBS) -lgpg-error @INTLLIBS@ \ + $(LIBUSB_LIBS) $(OPENSC_LIBS) -lgpg-error @LIBINTL@ \ @DL_LIBS@ sc_investigate_SOURCES = \ @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ sc_investigate_LDADD = \ ../jnlib/libjnlib.a ../common/libcommon.a \ $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(pth_libs) \ $(KSBA_LIBS) $(LIBUSB_LIBS) $(OPENSC_LIBS) \ - @INTLLIBS@ -lgpg-error @DL_LIBS@ + @LIBINTL@ -lgpg-error @DL_LIBS@ sc_copykeys_SOURCES = \ @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ sc_copykeys_LDADD = \ ../common/libsimple-pwquery.a \ $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(pth_libs) \ $(KSBA_LIBS) $(LIBUSB_LIBS) $(OPENSC_LIBS) \ - -lgpg-error @INTLLIBS@ @DL_LIBS@ + -lgpg-error @LIBINTL@ @DL_LIBS@ pcsc_wrapper_SOURCES = pcsc-wrapper.c pcsc_wrapper_LDADD = @DL_LIBS@ diff --git a/scd/apdu.c b/scd/apdu.c index 5f800c983..fceb4f396 100644 --- a/scd/apdu.c +++ b/scd/apdu.c @@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ struct reader_table_s { /* Function pointers intialized to the various backends. */ int (*close_reader)(int); + int (*shutdown_reader)(int); int (*reset_reader)(int); int (*get_status_reader)(int, unsigned int *); int (*send_apdu_reader)(int,unsigned char *,size_t, @@ -244,6 +245,7 @@ new_reader_slot (void) } #endif /*USE_GNU_PTH*/ reader_table[reader].close_reader = NULL; + reader_table[reader].shutdown_reader = NULL; reader_table[reader].reset_reader = NULL; reader_table[reader].get_status_reader = NULL; reader_table[reader].send_apdu_reader = NULL; @@ -1117,7 +1119,8 @@ open_pcsc_reader (const char *portstr) { if (!*p && !p[1]) break; - log_info ("detected reader `%s'\n", p); + if (*p) + log_info ("detected reader `%s'\n", p); if (nreader < (strlen (p)+1)) { log_error ("invalid response from pcsc_list_readers\n"); @@ -1201,6 +1204,14 @@ close_ccid_reader (int slot) } +static int +shutdown_ccid_reader (int slot) +{ + ccid_shutdown_reader (reader_table[slot].ccid.handle); + return 0; +} + + static int reset_ccid_reader (int slot) { @@ -1273,7 +1284,7 @@ send_apdu_ccid (int slot, unsigned char *apdu, size_t apdulen, /* Open the reader and try to read an ATR. */ static int -open_ccid_reader (void) +open_ccid_reader (const char *portstr) { int err; int slot; @@ -1284,7 +1295,7 @@ open_ccid_reader (void) return -1; slotp = reader_table + slot; - err = ccid_open_reader (&slotp->ccid.handle, 0); + err = ccid_open_reader (&slotp->ccid.handle, portstr); if (err) { slotp->used = 0; @@ -1300,6 +1311,7 @@ open_ccid_reader (void) } reader_table[slot].close_reader = close_ccid_reader; + reader_table[slot].shutdown_reader = shutdown_ccid_reader; reader_table[slot].reset_reader = reset_ccid_reader; reader_table[slot].get_status_reader = get_status_ccid; reader_table[slot].send_apdu_reader = send_apdu_ccid; @@ -1879,12 +1891,21 @@ apdu_open_reader (const char *portstr) #ifdef HAVE_LIBUSB if (!opt.disable_ccid) { - int slot; + int slot, i; + const char *s; - slot = open_ccid_reader (); + slot = open_ccid_reader (portstr); if (slot != -1) return slot; /* got one */ + + /* If a CCID reader specification has been given, the user does + not want a fallback to other drivers. */ + if (portstr) + for (s=portstr, i=0; *s; s++) + if (*s == ':' && (++i == 3)) + return -1; } + #endif /* HAVE_LIBUSB */ #ifdef HAVE_OPENSC @@ -2042,6 +2063,19 @@ apdu_close_reader (int slot) return SW_HOST_NOT_SUPPORTED; } +/* Shutdown a reader; that is basically the same as a close but keeps + the handle ready for later use. A apdu_reset_header should be used + to get it active again. */ +int +apdu_shutdown_reader (int slot) +{ + if (slot < 0 || slot >= MAX_READER || !reader_table[slot].used ) + return SW_HOST_NO_DRIVER; + if (reader_table[slot].shutdown_reader) + return reader_table[slot].shutdown_reader (slot); + return SW_HOST_NOT_SUPPORTED; +} + /* Enumerate all readers and return information on whether this reader is in use. The caller should start with SLOT set to 0 and increment it with each call until an error is returned. */ diff --git a/scd/apdu.h b/scd/apdu.h index a0654a242..f31e42e3d 100644 --- a/scd/apdu.h +++ b/scd/apdu.h @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ int apdu_open_remote_reader (const char *portstr, void *writefnc_value, void (*closefnc) (void *opaque), void *closefnc_value); +int apdu_shutdown_reader (int slot); int apdu_close_reader (int slot); int apdu_enum_reader (int slot, int *used); unsigned char *apdu_get_atr (int slot, size_t *atrlen); diff --git a/scd/ccid-driver.c b/scd/ccid-driver.c index 0fc168590..77fea944b 100644 --- a/scd/ccid-driver.c +++ b/scd/ccid-driver.c @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ for security reasons. It makes use of the libusb library to gain portable access to USB. - This driver has been tested with the SCM SCR335 smartcard reader - and requires that reader implements the TPDU level exchange and - does fully automatic initialization. + This driver has been tested with the SCM SCR335 and SPR532 + smartcard readers and requires that a reader implements the TPDU + level exchange and does fully automatic initialization. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H @@ -106,44 +106,49 @@ # include "scdaemon.h" #endif -/* Disable all debugging output for now. */ -#undef DBG_CARD_IO -#define DBG_CARD_IO 0 - /* Define to print information pertaining the T=1 protocol. */ #undef DEBUG_T1 -# define DEBUGOUT(t) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT(t) do { if (debug_level) \ log_debug (DRVNAME t); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_1(t,a) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_1(t,a) do { if (debug_level) \ log_debug (DRVNAME t,(a)); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_2(t,a,b) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_2(t,a,b) do { if (debug_level) \ log_debug (DRVNAME t,(a),(b)); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_3(t,a,b,c) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_3(t,a,b,c) do { if (debug_level) \ log_debug (DRVNAME t,(a),(b),(c));} while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT(t) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT(t) do { if (debug_level) \ log_printf (t); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_1(t,a) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_1(t,a) do { if (debug_level) \ log_printf (t,(a)); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_2(t,a,b) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_2(t,a,b) do { if (debug_level) \ log_printf (t,(a),(b)); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_3(t,a,b,c) do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_3(t,a,b,c) do { if (debug_level) \ log_printf (t,(a),(b),(c)); } while (0) -# define DEBUGOUT_LF() do { if (DBG_CARD_IO) \ +# define DEBUGOUT_LF() do { if (debug_level) \ log_printf ("\n"); } while (0) #else /* Other usage of this source - don't use gnupg specifics. */ -# define DEBUGOUT(t) fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t) -# define DEBUGOUT_1(t,a) fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t, (a)) -# define DEBUGOUT_2(t,a,b) fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t, (a), (b)) -# define DEBUGOUT_3(t,a,b,c) fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t, (a), (b), (c)) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT(t) fprintf (stderr, t) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_1(t,a) fprintf (stderr, t, (a)) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_2(t,a,b) fprintf (stderr, t, (a), (b)) -# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_3(t,a,b,c) fprintf (stderr, t, (a), (b), (c)) -# define DEBUGOUT_LF() putc ('\n', stderr) +# define DEBUGOUT(t) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_1(t,a) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t, (a)); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_2(t,a,b) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t, (a), (b)); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_3(t,a,b,c) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, DRVNAME t, (a), (b), (c)); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT(t) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, t); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_1(t,a) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, t, (a)); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_2(t,a,b) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, t, (a), (b)); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_CONT_3(t,a,b,c) do { if (debug_level) \ + fprintf (stderr, t, (a), (b), (c)); } while (0) +# define DEBUGOUT_LF() do { if (debug_level) \ + putc ('\n', stderr); } while (0) #endif /* This source not used by scdaemon. */ @@ -180,8 +185,10 @@ enum { /* Store information on the driver's state. A pointer to such a structure is used as handle for most functions. */ -struct ccid_driver_s { +struct ccid_driver_s +{ usb_dev_handle *idev; + char *rid; int seqno; unsigned char t1_ns; unsigned char t1_nr; @@ -189,17 +196,21 @@ struct ccid_driver_s { int auto_ifsd; int max_ifsd; int ifsd; + int powered_off; + int has_pinpad; }; +static int initialized_usb; /* Tracks whether USB has been initialized. */ +static int debug_level; /* Flag to control the debug output. */ + + static unsigned int compute_edc (const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, int use_crc); static int bulk_out (ccid_driver_t handle, unsigned char *msg, size_t msglen); static int bulk_in (ccid_driver_t handle, unsigned char *buffer, size_t length, size_t *nread, int expected_type, int seqno); - - /* Convert a little endian stored 4 byte value into an unsigned integer. */ static unsigned int @@ -239,6 +250,7 @@ parse_ccid_descriptor (ccid_driver_t handle, handle->auto_ifsd = 0; handle->max_ifsd = 32; handle->ifsd = 0; + handle->has_pinpad = 0; if (buflen < 54 || buf[0] < 54) { DEBUGOUT ("CCID device descriptor is too short\n"); @@ -378,9 +390,15 @@ parse_ccid_descriptor (ccid_driver_t handle, DEBUGOUT_1 (" bPINSupport %5u ", buf[52]); if ((buf[52] & 1)) - DEBUGOUT_CONT ( " verification"); + { + DEBUGOUT_CONT ( " verification"); + handle->has_pinpad |= 1; + } if ((buf[52] & 2)) - DEBUGOUT_CONT ( " modification"); + { + DEBUGOUT_CONT ( " modification"); + handle->has_pinpad |= 2; + } DEBUGOUT_LF (); DEBUGOUT_1 (" bMaxCCIDBusySlots %5u\n", buf[53]); @@ -404,240 +422,541 @@ parse_ccid_descriptor (ccid_driver_t handle, } -/* Read the device information, return all required data and check - that the device is usable for us. Returns 0 on success or an error - code. */ -static int -read_device_info (ccid_driver_t handle, struct usb_device *dev) +static char * +get_escaped_usb_string (usb_dev_handle *idev, int idx, + const char *prefix, const char *suffix) +{ + int rc; + unsigned char buf[280]; + unsigned char *s; + unsigned int langid; + size_t i, n, len; + char *result; + + if (!idx) + return NULL; + + /* Fixme: The next line for the current Valgrid without support + for USB IOCTLs. */ + memset (buf, 0, sizeof buf); + + /* First get the list of supported languages and use the first one. + If we do don't find it we try to use English. Note that this is + all in a 2 bute Unicode encoding using little endian. */ + rc = usb_control_msg (idev, USB_ENDPOINT_IN, USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR, + (USB_DT_STRING << 8), 0, + buf, sizeof buf, 1000 /* ms timeout */); + if (rc < 4) + langid = 0x0409; /* English. */ + else + langid = (buf[3] << 8) | buf[2]; + + rc = usb_control_msg (idev, USB_ENDPOINT_IN, USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR, + (USB_DT_STRING << 8) + idx, langid, + buf, sizeof buf, 1000 /* ms timeout */); + if (rc < 2 || buf[1] != USB_DT_STRING) + return NULL; /* Error or not a string. */ + len = buf[0]; + if (len > rc) + return NULL; /* Larger than our buffer. */ + + for (s=buf+2, i=2, n=0; i+1 < len; i += 2, s += 2) + { + if (s[1]) + n++; /* High byte set. */ + else if (*s <= 0x20 || *s >= 0x7f || *s == '%' || *s == ':') + n += 3 ; + else + n++; + } + + result = malloc (strlen (prefix) + n + strlen (suffix) + 1); + if (!result) + return NULL; + + strcpy (result, prefix); + n = strlen (prefix); + for (s=buf+2, i=2; i+1 < len; i += 2, s += 2) + { + if (s[1]) + result[n++] = '\xff'; /* High byte set. */ + else if (*s <= 0x20 || *s >= 0x7f || *s == '%' || *s == ':') + { + sprintf (result+n, "%%%02X", *s); + n += 3; + } + else + result[n++] = *s; + } + strcpy (result+n, suffix); + + return result; +} + +/* This function creates an reader id to be used to find the same + physical reader after a reset. It returns an allocated and possibly + percent escaped string or NULL if not enough memory is available. */ +static char * +make_reader_id (usb_dev_handle *idev, + unsigned int vendor, unsigned int product, + unsigned char serialno_index) { - int cfg_no; + char *rid; + char prefix[20]; - for (cfg_no=0; cfg_no < -#ifdef HAVE_USB_CREATE_MATCH - dev->descriptor->bNumConfigurations + sprintf (prefix, "%04X:%04X:", (vendor & 0xfff), (product & 0xffff)); + rid = get_escaped_usb_string (idev, serialno_index, prefix, ":0"); + if (!rid) + { + rid = malloc (strlen (prefix) + 3 + 1); + if (!rid) + return NULL; + strcpy (rid, prefix); + strcat (rid, "X:0"); + } + return rid; +} + + +/* Combination function to either scan all CCID devices or to find and + open one specific device. + + With READERNO = -1 and READERID is NULL, scan mode is used and + R_RID should be the address where to store the list of reader_ids + we found. If on return this list is empty, no CCID device has been + found; otherwise it points to an allocated linked list of reader + IDs. Note that in this mode the function always returns NULL. + + With READERNO >= 0 or READERID is not NULL find mode is used. This + uses the same algorithm as the scan mode but stops and returns at + the entry number READERNO and return the handle for the the opened + USB device. If R_ID is not NULL it will receive the reader ID of + that device. If R_DEV is not NULL it will the device pointer of + that device. If IFCDESC_EXTRA is NOT NULL it will receive a + malloced copy of the interfaces "extra: data filed; + IFCDESC_EXTRA_LEN receive the lengtyh of this field. If there is + no reader with number READERNO or that reader is not usable by our + implementation NULL will be returned. The caller must close a + returned USB device handle and free (if not passed as NULL) the + returned reader ID info as well as the IFCDESC_EXTRA. On error + NULL will get stored at R_RID, R_DEV, IFCDESC_EXTRA and + IFCDESC_EXTRA_LEN. With READERID being -1 the function stops if + the READERID was found. + + Note that the first entry of the returned reader ID list in scan mode + corresponds with a READERNO of 0 in find mode. +*/ +static usb_dev_handle * +scan_or_find_devices (int readerno, const char *readerid, + char **r_rid, + struct usb_device **r_dev, + unsigned char **ifcdesc_extra, + size_t *ifcdesc_extra_len) +{ + char *rid_list = NULL; + int count = 0; + struct usb_bus *busses, *bus; + struct usb_device *dev = NULL; + usb_dev_handle *idev = NULL; + int scan_mode = (readerno == -1 && !readerid); + + /* Set return values to a default. */ + if (r_rid) + *r_rid = NULL; + if (r_dev) + *r_dev = NULL; + if (ifcdesc_extra) + *ifcdesc_extra = NULL; + if (ifcdesc_extra_len) + *ifcdesc_extra_len = 0; + + /* See whether we want scan or find mode. */ + if (scan_mode) + { + assert (r_rid); + } + + usb_find_busses(); + usb_find_devices(); + +#ifdef HAVE_USB_GET_BUSSES + busses = usb_get_busses(); #else - dev->descriptor.bNumConfigurations + busses = usb_busses; #endif - ; cfg_no++) - { - struct usb_config_descriptor *config = dev->config + cfg_no; - int ifc_no; - for (ifc_no=0; ifc_no < config->bNumInterfaces; ifc_no++) + for (bus = busses; bus; bus = bus->next) + { + for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) { - struct usb_interface *interface = config->interface + ifc_no; - int set_no; - - for (set_no=0; set_no < interface->num_altsetting; set_no++) + int cfg_no; + + for (cfg_no=0; cfg_no < dev->descriptor.bNumConfigurations; cfg_no++) { - struct usb_interface_descriptor *ifcdesc - = interface->altsetting + set_no; - - if (ifcdesc->bInterfaceClass == 11 - && ifcdesc->bInterfaceSubClass == 0 - && ifcdesc->bInterfaceProtocol == 0) + struct usb_config_descriptor *config = dev->config + cfg_no; + int ifc_no; + + if(!config) + continue; + + for (ifc_no=0; ifc_no < config->bNumInterfaces; ifc_no++) { - if (ifcdesc->extra) + struct usb_interface *interface + = config->interface + ifc_no; + int set_no; + + if (!interface) + continue; + + for (set_no=0; set_no < interface->num_altsetting; set_no++) { - if (!parse_ccid_descriptor (handle, - ifcdesc->extra, - ifcdesc->extralen)) - return 0; /* okay. we can use it. */ + struct usb_interface_descriptor *ifcdesc + = interface->altsetting + set_no; + char *rid; + + /* The second condition is for some SCM Micro + SPR 532 which does not know about the + assigned CCID class. Instead of trying to + interpret the strings we simply look at the + product ID. */ + if (ifcdesc && ifcdesc->extra + && ( (ifcdesc->bInterfaceClass == 11 + && ifcdesc->bInterfaceSubClass == 0 + && ifcdesc->bInterfaceProtocol == 0) + || (ifcdesc->bInterfaceClass == 255 + && dev->descriptor.idVendor == 0x04e6 + && dev->descriptor.idProduct == 0xe003 + && ifcdesc->bInterfaceSubClass == 1 + && ifcdesc->bInterfaceProtocol == 1))) + { + idev = usb_open (dev); + if (!idev) + { + DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_open failed: %s\n", + strerror (errno)); + continue; + } + + rid = make_reader_id (idev, + dev->descriptor.idVendor, + dev->descriptor.idProduct, + dev->descriptor.iSerialNumber); + if (rid) + { + if (scan_mode) + { + char *p; + + /* We are collecting infos about all + available CCID readers. Store + them and continue. */ + DEBUGOUT_2 ("found CCID reader %d " + "(ID=%s)\n", + count, rid ); + if ((p = malloc ((rid_list? + strlen (rid_list):0) + + 1 + strlen (rid) + + 1))) + { + *p = 0; + if (rid_list) + { + strcat (p, rid_list); + free (rid_list); + } + strcat (p, rid); + strcat (p, "\n"); + rid_list = p; + } + else /* Out of memory. */ + free (rid); + rid = NULL; + count++; + } + else if (!readerno + || (readerno < 0 + && readerid + && !strcmp (readerid, rid))) + { + /* We found the requested reader. */ + if (ifcdesc_extra && ifcdesc_extra_len) + { + *ifcdesc_extra = malloc (ifcdesc + ->extralen); + if (!*ifcdesc_extra) + { + usb_close (idev); + free (rid); + return NULL; /* Out of core. */ + } + memcpy (*ifcdesc_extra, ifcdesc->extra, + ifcdesc->extralen); + *ifcdesc_extra_len = ifcdesc->extralen; + } + + if (r_dev) + *r_dev = dev; + if (r_rid) + { + *r_rid = rid; + rid = NULL; + } + else + free (rid); + return idev; /* READY. */ + } + else + { + /* This is not yet the reader we + want. fixme: We could avoid the + extra usb_open in this case. */ + if (readerno >= 0) + readerno--; + } + free (rid); + } + + usb_close (idev); + idev = NULL; + goto next_device; + } } } } + next_device: + ; } } - return CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; /* No suitable device found. */ + + if (scan_mode) + *r_rid = rid_list; + + return NULL; +} + + +/* Set the level of debugging to to usea dn return the old level. -1 + just returns the old level. A level of 0 disables debugging, 1 + enables debugging, other values are not yet defined. */ +int +ccid_set_debug_level (int level) +{ + int old = debug_level; + if (level != -1) + debug_level = level; + return old; +} + + +char * +ccid_get_reader_list (void) +{ + char *reader_list; + + if (!initialized_usb) + { + usb_init (); + initialized_usb = 1; + } + + scan_or_find_devices (-1, NULL, &reader_list, NULL, NULL, NULL); + return reader_list; } /* Open the reader with the internal number READERNO and return a pointer to be used as handle in HANDLE. Returns 0 on success. */ int -ccid_open_reader (ccid_driver_t *handle, int readerno) +ccid_open_reader (ccid_driver_t *handle, const char *readerid) { -#ifdef HAVE_USB_CREATE_MATCH - /* This is the development version of libusb. */ - static int initialized; - int rc; - usb_match_handle *match = NULL; + int rc = 0; struct usb_device *dev = NULL; usb_dev_handle *idev = NULL; + char *rid = NULL; + unsigned char *ifcdesc_extra = NULL; + size_t ifcdesc_extra_len; + int readerno; *handle = NULL; - if (!initialized) + + if (!initialized_usb) { usb_init (); - initialized = 1; + initialized_usb = 1; } - - rc = usb_create_match (&match, -1, -1, 11, -1, -1); - if (rc) + + /* See whether we want to use the reader ID string or a reader + number. A readerno of -1 indicates that the reader ID string is + to be used. */ + if (readerid && strchr (readerid, ':')) + readerno = -1; /* We want to use the readerid. */ + else if (readerid) { - DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_create_match failed: %d\n", rc); - return CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; + readerno = atoi (readerid); + if (readerno < 0) + { + DEBUGOUT ("no CCID readers found\n"); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; + goto leave; + } } - - while (usb_find_device(match, dev, &dev) >= 0) + else + readerno = 0; /* Default. */ + + idev = scan_or_find_devices (readerno, readerid, &rid, &dev, + &ifcdesc_extra, &ifcdesc_extra_len); + if (!idev) { - DEBUGOUT_3 ("%-40s %04X/%04X\n", dev->filename, - dev->descriptor->idVendor, dev->descriptor->idProduct); - if (!readerno) - { - *handle = calloc (1, sizeof **handle); - if (!*handle) - { - DEBUGOUT ("out of memory\n"); - rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_OUT_OF_CORE; - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - goto leave; - } + if (readerno == -1) + DEBUGOUT_1 ("no CCID reader with ID %s\n", readerid ); + else + DEBUGOUT_1 ("no CCID reader with number %d\n", readerno ); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; + goto leave; + } - rc = read_device_info (*handle, dev); - if (rc) - { - DEBUGOUT ("device not supported\n"); - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - goto leave; - } + /* Okay, this is a CCID reader. */ + *handle = calloc (1, sizeof **handle); + if (!*handle) + { + DEBUGOUT ("out of memory\n"); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_OUT_OF_CORE; + goto leave; + } + (*handle)->idev = idev; + (*handle)->rid = rid; - rc = usb_open (dev, &idev); - if (rc) - { - DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_open failed: %d\n", rc); - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR; - goto leave; - } + DEBUGOUT_2 ("using CCID reader %d (ID=%s)\n", readerno, rid ); - /* fixme: Do we need to claim and set the interface as - determined by read_device_info ()? */ - rc = usb_claim_interface (idev, 0); - if (rc) - { - DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_claim_interface failed: %d\n", rc); - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR; - goto leave; - } + if (parse_ccid_descriptor (*handle, ifcdesc_extra, ifcdesc_extra_len)) + { + DEBUGOUT ("device not supported\n"); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; + goto leave; + } + + /* fixme: Do we need to claim and set the interface as + determined above? */ + rc = usb_claim_interface (idev, 0); + if (rc) + { + DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_claim_interface failed: %d\n", rc); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR; + goto leave; + } + + /* FIXME: Do we need to get the endpoint addresses from the + structure and store them with the handle? */ + + leave: + free (ifcdesc_extra); + if (rc) + { + free (rid); + if (idev) + usb_close (idev); + free (*handle); + *handle = NULL; + } - (*handle)->idev = idev; - idev = NULL; - /* FIXME: Do we need to get the endpoint addresses from the - structure and store them with the handle? */ + return rc; +} - break; - } - readerno--; + +static void +do_close_reader (ccid_driver_t handle) +{ + int rc; + unsigned char msg[100]; + size_t msglen; + unsigned char seqno; + + if (!handle->powered_off) + { + msg[0] = PC_to_RDR_IccPowerOff; + msg[5] = 0; /* slot */ + msg[6] = seqno = handle->seqno++; + msg[7] = 0; /* RFU */ + msg[8] = 0; /* RFU */ + msg[9] = 0; /* RFU */ + set_msg_len (msg, 0); + msglen = 10; + + rc = bulk_out (handle, msg, msglen); + if (!rc) + bulk_in (handle, msg, sizeof msg, &msglen, RDR_to_PC_SlotStatus,seqno); + handle->powered_off = 1; + } + if (handle->idev) + { + usb_release_interface (handle->idev, 0); + usb_close (handle->idev); + handle->idev = NULL; } +} - leave: - if (idev) - usb_close (idev); - /* fixme: Do we need to release dev or is it supposed to be a - shallow copy of the list created internally by usb_init ? */ - usb_free_match (match); - if (!rc && !*handle) - rc = -1; /* In case we didn't enter the while loop at all. */ +/* Reset a reader on HANDLE. This is useful in case a reader has been + plugged of and inserted at a different port. By resetting the + handle, the same reader will be get used. Note, that on error the + handle won't get released. - return rc; -#else /* Stable 0.1 version of libusb. */ - static int initialized; + This does not return an ATR, so ccid_get_atr should be called right + after this one. +*/ +int +ccid_shutdown_reader (ccid_driver_t handle) +{ int rc = 0; - struct usb_bus *busses, *bus; struct usb_device *dev = NULL; usb_dev_handle *idev = NULL; + unsigned char *ifcdesc_extra = NULL; + size_t ifcdesc_extra_len; - *handle = NULL; - if (!initialized) - { - usb_init (); - initialized = 1; - } - - usb_find_busses(); - usb_find_devices(); - busses = usb_get_busses(); - - for (bus = busses; bus; bus = bus->next) - { - for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) - { - DEBUGOUT_3 ("%-40s %04X/%04X\n", dev->filename, - dev->descriptor.idVendor, dev->descriptor.idProduct); + if (!handle || !handle->rid) + return CCID_DRIVER_ERR_INV_VALUE; - if (!readerno) - { - *handle = calloc (1, sizeof **handle); - if (!*handle) - { - DEBUGOUT ("out of memory\n"); - rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_OUT_OF_CORE; - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - goto leave; - } + do_close_reader (handle); - rc = read_device_info (*handle, dev); - if (rc) - { - DEBUGOUT ("device not supported\n"); - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - continue; - } + idev = scan_or_find_devices (-1, handle->rid, NULL, &dev, + &ifcdesc_extra, &ifcdesc_extra_len); + if (!idev) + { + DEBUGOUT_1 ("no CCID reader with ID %s\n", handle->rid); + return CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; + } - idev = usb_open (dev); - if (!idev) - { - DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_open failed: %s\n", strerror (errno)); - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR; - goto leave; - } - /* fixme: Do we need to claim and set the interface as - determined by read_device_info ()? */ - rc = usb_claim_interface (idev, 0); - if (rc) - { - DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_claim_interface failed: %d\n", rc); - free (*handle); - *handle = NULL; - rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR; - goto leave; - } + handle->idev = idev; - (*handle)->idev = idev; - idev = NULL; - /* FIXME: Do we need to get the endpoint addresses from the - structure and store them with the handle? */ - - goto leave; /* ready. */ - } - readerno--; - } + if (parse_ccid_descriptor (handle, ifcdesc_extra, ifcdesc_extra_len)) + { + DEBUGOUT ("device not supported\n"); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER; + goto leave; } - + + /* fixme: Do we need to claim and set the interface as + determined above? */ + rc = usb_claim_interface (idev, 0); + if (rc) + { + DEBUGOUT_1 ("usb_claim_interface failed: %d\n", rc); + rc = CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR; + goto leave; + } + leave: - if (idev) - usb_close (idev); - /* fixme: Do we need to release dev or is it supposed to be a - shallow copy of the list created internally by usb_init ? */ - - if (!rc && !*handle) - rc = -1; /* In case we didn't enter the while loop at all. */ + free (ifcdesc_extra); + if (rc) + { + usb_close (handle->idev); + handle->idev = NULL; + } return rc; -#endif /* Stable version 0.1 of libusb. */ + } @@ -648,29 +967,8 @@ ccid_close_reader (ccid_driver_t handle) if (!handle || !handle->idev) return 0; - { - int rc; - unsigned char msg[100]; - size_t msglen; - unsigned char seqno; - - msg[0] = PC_to_RDR_IccPowerOff; - msg[5] = 0; /* slot */ - msg[6] = seqno = handle->seqno++; - msg[7] = 0; /* RFU */ - msg[8] = 0; /* RFU */ - msg[9] = 0; /* RFU */ - set_msg_len (msg, 0); - msglen = 10; - - rc = bulk_out (handle, msg, msglen); - if (!rc) - bulk_in (handle, msg, sizeof msg, &msglen, RDR_to_PC_SlotStatus, seqno); - } - - usb_release_interface (handle->idev, 0); - usb_close (handle->idev); - handle->idev = NULL; + do_close_reader (handle); + free (handle->rid); free (handle); return 0; } @@ -719,6 +1017,9 @@ bulk_in (ccid_driver_t handle, unsigned char *buffer, size_t length, int i, rc; size_t msglen; + /* Fixme: The next line for the current Valgrind without support + for USB IOCTLs. */ + memset (buffer, 0, length); retry: rc = usb_bulk_read (handle->idev, 0x82, @@ -895,6 +1196,8 @@ ccid_get_atr (ccid_driver_t handle, rc = bulk_in (handle, msg, sizeof msg, &msglen, RDR_to_PC_DataBlock, seqno); if (rc) return rc; + + handle->powered_off = 0; if (atr) { @@ -977,9 +1280,6 @@ ccid_get_atr (ccid_driver_t handle, if (rc) return rc; - /* Fixme: The next line for the current Valgrid without support - for USB IOCTLs. */ - memset (msg, 0, sizeof msg); rc = bulk_in (handle, msg, sizeof msg, &msglen, RDR_to_PC_DataBlock, seqno); @@ -1170,10 +1470,6 @@ ccid_transceive (ccid_driver_t handle, if (rc) return rc; - /* Fixme: The next line for the current Valgrid without support - for USB IOCTLs. */ - memset (recv_buffer, 0, sizeof recv_buffer); - msg = recv_buffer; rc = bulk_in (handle, msg, sizeof recv_buffer, &msglen, RDR_to_PC_DataBlock, seqno); @@ -1324,14 +1620,97 @@ ccid_transceive (ccid_driver_t handle, #ifdef TEST + +static void +print_error (int err) +{ + const char *p; + char buf[50]; + + switch (err) + { + case 0: p = "success"; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_OUT_OF_CORE: p = "out of core"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_INV_VALUE: p = "invalid value"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_DRIVER: p = "no driver"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NOT_SUPPORTED: p = "not supported"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_LOCKING_FAILED: p = "locking failed"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_BUSY: p = "busy"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_CARD: p = "no card"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_INACTIVE: p = "card inactive"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_CARD_IO_ERROR: p = "card I/O error"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_GENERAL_ERROR: p = "general error"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_NO_READER: p = "no reader"; break; + case CCID_DRIVER_ERR_ABORTED: p = "aborted"; break; + default: sprintf (buf, "0x%05x", err); p = buf; break; + } + fprintf (stderr, "operation failed: %s\n", p); +} + +static void +print_data (const unsigned char *data, size_t length) +{ + if (length >= 2) + { + fprintf (stderr, "operation status: %02X%02X\n", + data[length-2], data[length-1]); + length -= 2; + } + if (length) + { + fputs (" returned data:", stderr); + for (; length; length--, data++) + fprintf (stderr, " %02X", *data); + putc ('\n', stderr); + } +} + +static void +print_result (int rc, const unsigned char *data, size_t length) +{ + if (rc) + print_error (rc); + else if (data) + print_data (data, length); +} + int main (int argc, char **argv) { int rc; ccid_driver_t ccid; unsigned int slotstat; + unsigned char result[512]; + size_t resultlen; + + if (argc) + { + argc--; + argv++; + } + + while (argc) + { + if ( !strcmp (*argv, "--list")) + { + char *p; + p = ccid_get_reader_list (); + if (!p) + return 1; + fputs (p, stderr); + free (p); + return 0; + } + else if ( !strcmp (*argv, "--debug")) + { + ccid_set_debug_level (1); + argc--; argv++; + } + else + break; + } - rc = ccid_open_reader (&ccid, 0); + rc = ccid_open_reader (&ccid, argc? *argv:NULL); if (rc) return 1; @@ -1339,34 +1718,67 @@ main (int argc, char **argv) fputs ("getting ATR ...\n", stderr); rc = ccid_get_atr (ccid, NULL, 0, NULL); if (rc) - return 1; + { + print_error (rc); + return 1; + } ccid_poll (ccid); fputs ("getting slot status ...\n", stderr); rc = ccid_slot_status (ccid, &slotstat); if (rc) - return 1; + { + print_error (rc); + return 1; + } ccid_poll (ccid); + fputs ("selecting application OpenPGP ....\n", stderr); { static unsigned char apdu[] = { 0, 0xA4, 4, 0, 6, 0xD2, 0x76, 0x00, 0x01, 0x24, 0x01}; - rc = ccid_transceive (ccid, - apdu, sizeof apdu, - NULL, 0, NULL); + rc = ccid_transceive (ccid, + apdu, sizeof apdu, + result, sizeof result, &resultlen); + print_result (rc, result, resultlen); } + + ccid_poll (ccid); + fputs ("getting OpenPGP DO 0x65 ....\n", stderr); { - static unsigned char apdu[] = { - 0, 0xCA, 0, 0x65, 254 }; - rc = ccid_transceive (ccid, - apdu, sizeof apdu, - NULL, 0, NULL); + static unsigned char apdu[] = { 0, 0xCA, 0, 0x65, 254 }; + rc = ccid_transceive (ccid, apdu, sizeof apdu, + result, sizeof result, &resultlen); + print_result (rc, result, resultlen); } + ccid_poll (ccid); +/* if (!ccid->has_pinpad) */ +/* { */ +/* fputs ("verifying that CHV1 is 123456....\n", stderr); */ +/* { */ +/* static unsigned char apdu[] = {0, 0x20, 0, 0x81, */ +/* 6, '1','2','3','4','5','6'}; */ +/* rc = ccid_transceive (ccid, apdu, sizeof apdu, */ +/* result, sizeof result, &resultlen); */ +/* print_result (rc, result, resultlen); */ +/* } */ +/* } */ +/* else */ +/* { */ +/* fputs ("verifying CHV1 using the PINPad ....\n", stderr); */ +/* { */ +/* rc = ccid_secure_transceive (ccid, */ +/* result, sizeof result, &resultlen); */ +/* print_result (rc, result, resultlen); */ +/* } */ +/* } */ + + ccid_close_reader (ccid); return 0; } diff --git a/scd/ccid-driver.h b/scd/ccid-driver.h index 0cb52e1c3..cbadb40c1 100644 --- a/scd/ccid-driver.h +++ b/scd/ccid-driver.h @@ -75,7 +75,10 @@ struct ccid_driver_s; typedef struct ccid_driver_s *ccid_driver_t; -int ccid_open_reader (ccid_driver_t *handle, int readerno); +int ccid_set_debug_level (int level); +char *ccid_get_reader_list (void); +int ccid_open_reader (ccid_driver_t *handle, const char *readerid); +int ccid_shutdown_reader (ccid_driver_t handle); int ccid_close_reader (ccid_driver_t handle); int ccid_get_atr (ccid_driver_t handle, unsigned char *atr, size_t maxatrlen, size_t *atrlen); diff --git a/scripts/ChangeLog b/scripts/ChangeLog index e485a905e..5c8b95c8c 100644 --- a/scripts/ChangeLog +++ b/scripts/ChangeLog @@ -1,372 +1,9 @@ -2004-07-27 Werner Koch +2004-09-30 Werner Koch - * autogen.sh: Updated to the moder version, grepping the required - tool versions from configure.ac. + * config.guess, config.sub: Updated. -2004-06-14 Werner Koch - * mk-w32-dist: Do not include the en@* po files. - - * autogen.sh <--build-w32>: Build keyserver helpers again. - -2004-04-02 Thomas Schwinge - - * autogen.sh: Added ACLOCAL_FLAGS. - -2003-12-28 Stefan Bellon - - * build-riscos, conf-riscos/*: Updated to reflect latest changes. - -2003-10-25 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Updated required versions and add -I m4 to aclocal. - -2003-08-28 David Shaw - - * autogen.sh: Touch po/all for --build-w32. From Werner on stable - branch. - -2003-08-25 David Shaw - - * gnupg.spec.in: Rework much of the spec to use %-macros - throughout. Fix to work properly with RPM 4.1 (all files in - buildroot must be packaged). Package and install info files. Tweak - the English description. Do not install gpgv and gpgsplit setuid - root. Make sure that install-info is called in such a way that - doesn't bork the RPM install if it cannot complete (necessary for - some upgrade scenarios). - -2003-05-26 David Shaw - - * mk-w32-dist: Don't iconv {hu,sk,zh_TW}.po. (From wk on stable - branch) - -2003-04-08 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Add options to build for coldfire and uClinux. - -2003-02-22 David Shaw - - * distfiles, gnupg.spec.in: convert-from-106 is in the tools - directory now. - - * convert-from-106: Move to the tools directory. - -2002-12-01 David Shaw - - * distfiles, gnupg.spec.in: Include convert-from-106. - - * convert-from-106: Script to automate the 1.0.6->later - conversion. It marks all secret keys as ultimately trusted, adds - the signature caches, and checks the trustdb. - -2002-11-13 David Shaw - - * mk-w32-dist: Don't use iconv for pl.po. From Werner on stable - branch. - - * mk-w32-dist: Include gpgkeys_ldap and gpgkeys_hkp. - -2002-11-12 Werner Koch - - * config.sub, config.guess: Updated from ftp.gnu.org/gnu/config - to version 2002-11-08. - -2002-10-31 David Shaw - - * gnupg.spec.in: Update source ftp path. - -2002-10-31 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/Makefile: Updated to reflect latest changes. - -2002-10-28 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h: Updated to reflect latest changes. - -2002-10-26 David Shaw - - * gnupg.spec.in: Use new path for keyserver helpers, /usr/lib is - no longer used for cipher/hash plugins, and include gpgv, - gpgsplit, and the new gnupg.7 man page. - -2002-10-17 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Allow env variables to override the auto* tool - names. Suggested by Simon Josefsson. - -2002-09-11 Werner Koch - - * distfiles: Include mk-w32-dist. - - * mk-w32-dist: Convert the character sets on a per language base. - -2002-09-02 Werner Koch - - * mk-w32-dist: Include more man pages and gpg split. Changed name - of ZIP file to better indicate that this is a command line version. - -2002-08-23 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh : Don't run gettextize. - -2002-08-06 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h: Changed #define FOO to - #define FOO 1. - * conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h: Likewise. - -2002-08-03 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h: Added GNUPG_LIBEXECDIR. - * conf-riscos/include/config.h: Changes due to dynload removal and - minor changes to avoid some warnings. - * conf-riscos/Makefile: Changes due to dynload removal. - * conf-riscos/cipher/*: Not needed anymore due to dynload removal. - -2002-07-25 David Shaw - - * gnupgbug: "Warning" -> "WARNING" - -2002-07-01 Werner Koch - - * mk-gpg-texi: New. - -2002-06-30 Werner Koch - - * mk-w32-dist (bindir): Fixes vor VPATH builds in a subdir, - include gpgv. - -2002-06-21 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/Makefile: Changes due to moving around RISC OS - specific stuff in the code. - -2002-06-07 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Fixed macro bug. - -2002-05-10 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Changes for later - Norcroft compilers. - - * conf-riscos/Makefile [__riscos__]: Updated. - -2002-04-22 Stefan Bellon - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Development - versions automatically define DEBUG from now on. - - * conf-riscos/Makefile [__riscos__]: Updated for LDAP keyserver - code. - -2002-04-19 David Shaw - - * gnupg.spec.in: Removed pubring.asc and OPTIONS. Added - samplekeys.asc. - -2002-03-31 David Shaw - - * gnupg.spec.in: Added the gpgkeys_xxx keyserver helpers. Added a - * to catch variations on the basic gpg man page (gpg, gpgv). Mark - options.skel as a config file. Do not include the FAQ/faq.html - twice (in /doc/ and /share/). - -2002-01-02 Stefan Bellon - - * build-riscos [__riscos__]: Set filetype of Makefile correctly. - - * conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h [__riscos__]: Added GNU GPL - header and exec code defines. - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Moved parts to - include/util.h where they really belong to. - - * conf-riscos/Makefile [__riscos__]: Updated for new keyserver, - exec and photo id code. - -2001-12-22 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Fixed last change. - -2001-12-21 Werner Koch - - * distfiles: Removed those files which which automake installs by - default. - - * autogen.sh: Replaced $() by backticks for system without a posix - shell. Removed gawk specific quoting. By David Champion. - -2001-10-22 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh (aclocal_vers): Require automalke 1.5. - -2001-08-21 Stefan Bellon - - * build-riscos [__riscos__]: New. - * conf-riscos [__riscos__]: Ditto. - -2001-08-13 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Test on gettext 0.10.38. By Michael Engels. - -2001-08-07 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Adjusted --build-w32 for autoconf 2.52 - -2001-07-09 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh (autoconf_vers): Require autoconf 2.50 - -2001-05-06 Werner Koch - - * config.guess, config.sub: Add updates from subversions.gnu.org. - -2001-04-19 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Add VPATH build support for option --build-w32. - -2001-03-12 Werner Koch - - * config.guess, config.sub: Replaced with the current GNU CVS ones. - -2001-01-18 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: New options --build-w32 - * build-w32: Does now call autogen.sh - -2000-11-24 Werner Koch - - * build-w32: New script to build the W32 version. - * distfiles: And put it into the distribution - -Thu Sep 14 17:45:11 CEST 2000 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec.in: Updated. - -Wed Sep 6 17:55:47 CEST 2000 Werner Koch - - * config.guess, config.sub: Replaced with the latest version from the - CVS archive. Hope that does not break too much. - -Fri May 12 14:01:20 CEST 2000 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec.in: New version from Fabio with some updated descriptions. - -Mon May 1 15:38:04 CEST 2000 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec.in: New version from Fabio. - -Fri Mar 17 16:26:05 CET 2000 Werner Koch - - * config.gues, config.sub: Support for s390-ibm-linux-gnu. Thanks - to Holger Smolinski. - -Thu Mar 2 15:37:46 CET 2000 Werner Koch - - * config.guess: Add support for QNX. By Sam Roberts. - * config.sub: Ditto. - -Thu Sep 23 09:49:25 1999 Werner Koch (wk@gnupg.org) - - * commit: Remove leading and trailing empty lines when copying - Changes to Changelog - -Wed Sep 15 16:22:17 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec: Add Portuguese description - -Thu Sep 2 16:40:55 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * mkdiff: changed format of diff file name and made script more - general. - -Wed Aug 4 10:34:18 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * config.guess: Updated from gnu/common and applied my emx patch again. - * config.sub: Updated from gnu/common. - -Wed Jul 14 19:42:08 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * ltmain.sh, ltconfig.sh : Updated to libtool 1.3.3 - -Mon Jul 12 14:55:34 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Run libtoolize - -Sat May 22 22:47:26 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Fixed the error message for a missing libtool. - -Sat May 8 19:28:08 CEST 1999 Werner Koch - - * mkinstalldirs, install-sh: New from GNU repository - * config.sub, config.guess: Merged with rep version. - -Sun Mar 14 19:34:36 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Add a check for libtool because some autoconf macros - are needed. - -Mon Feb 22 20:04:00 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Enhanced the version testing code (Philippe Laliberte) - - * mkwebpage: Edits the buglist. - -Sat Feb 13 12:04:43 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Now uses gettextize - -Wed Feb 10 17:15:39 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * config.sub, config.guess: Support i386-emx-os2 - -Sun Jan 17 11:04:33 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * autogen.sh: Now checks for installed gettext - -Sat Jan 16 09:27:30 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * config.guess (m68k-atari-mint): New. - * config.sub: Add support for atarist-MiNT - -Wed Jan 13 12:49:36 CET 1999 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec.in: New - * gnupg.spec: Removed - -Wed Dec 23 13:18:14 CET 1998 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec: Updated version by Fabio Coatti - -Thu Dec 17 18:31:15 CET 1998 Werner Koch - - * gnupg.spec: New version by Reuben Sumner and did some more - changes. - -Fri Nov 27 12:39:29 CET 1998 Werner Koch - - - * commit: New - - -Fri Nov 20 12:01:57 1998 Werner Koch (wk@isil.d.shuttle.de) - - * mkdiff: signs the patch file - -Sat Oct 17 16:10:16 1998 Werner Koch (wk@isil.d.shuttle.de) - - * autogen.sh: New. - -Wed Oct 14 09:55:25 1998 Werner Koch (wk@isil.d.shuttle.de) - - * config.guess (FreeBSD): Changes from Jun Kuriyama to support ELF - * config.sub: (freebsd): Add to maybe_os - - - Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without @@ -375,3 +12,5 @@ Wed Oct 14 09:55:25 1998 Werner Koch (wk@isil.d.shuttle.de) This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + diff --git a/scripts/config.guess b/scripts/config.guess index ed2e03b7f..77c7cbab0 100755 --- a/scripts/config.guess +++ b/scripts/config.guess @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2002-03-20' +timestamp='2004-08-13' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -88,30 +88,42 @@ if test $# != 0; then exit 1 fi +trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 -dummy=dummy-$$ -trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a +# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires +# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a +# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. -# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. -set_cc_for_build='case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in - ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c ; +# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. + +set_cc_for_build=' +trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; +trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; +: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || + { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || + { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; +dummy=$tmp/dummy ; +tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; +case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do - ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; - if test $? = 0 ; then + if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; fi ; done ; - rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel ; if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; -esac' +esac ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) @@ -142,6 +154,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; @@ -167,21 +180,38 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in ;; esac # The OS release - release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and + # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need + # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a + # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. + case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in + Debian*) + release='-gnu' + ;; + *) + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + ;; + esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" exit 0 ;; + amd64:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - arc:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + cats:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + luna88k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -197,83 +227,76 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - pmax:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) - echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + *:ekkoBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + macppc:MirBSD:*:*) + echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:MirBSD:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) - if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then + case $UNAME_RELEASE in + *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` - fi + ;; + *5.*) + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + ;; + esac + # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on + # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that + # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU + # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. + ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` + case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in + "EV4 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV4.5 (21064)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "LCA4 (21066/21068)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; + "EV5 (21164)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; + "EV5.6 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; + "EV5.7 (21164PC)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; + "EV6 (21264)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + "EV6.7 (21264A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; + "EV6.8CB (21264C)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8AL (21264B)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.8CX (21264D)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; + "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; + "EV7 (21364)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; + "EV7.9 (21364A)") + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; + esac + # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. - cat <$dummy.s - .data -\$Lformat: - .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" - - .text - .globl main - .align 4 - .ent main -main: - .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 - ldgp \$29,0(\$27) - .prologue 1 - .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 - lda \$2,-1 - .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 - lda \$16,\$Lformat - mov \$0,\$17 - not \$1,\$18 - jsr \$26,printf - ldgp \$29,0(\$26) - mov 0,\$16 - jsr \$26,exit - .end main -EOF - eval $set_cc_for_build - $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null - if test "$?" = 0 ; then - case `./$dummy` in - 0-0) - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" - ;; - 1-0) - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" - ;; - 1-1) - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" - ;; - 1-101) - UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" - ;; - 2-303) - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" - ;; - 2-307) - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" - ;; - 2-1307) - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" - ;; - esac - fi - rm -f $dummy.s $dummy - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` exit 0 ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? @@ -296,6 +319,9 @@ EOF *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition exit 0 ;; + *:OS400:*:*) + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; @@ -313,6 +339,13 @@ EOF NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit 0 ;; + DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) + echo sparc-icl-nx6 + exit 0 ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*) + case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;; + esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; @@ -381,6 +414,9 @@ EOF *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + m68k:machten:*:*) + echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -419,15 +455,20 @@ EOF exit (-1); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy \ - && ./$dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ - && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 - rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \ + && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ + && exit 0 echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax exit 0 ;; + Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit 0 ;; + Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) + echo powerpc-harris-powermax + exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit 0 ;; @@ -500,8 +541,7 @@ EOF exit(0); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 - rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 @@ -599,11 +639,21 @@ EOF exit (0); } EOF - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` - if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi - rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` + test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac + if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] + then + # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build + test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + then + HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" + else + HP_ARCH="hppa64" + fi + fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) @@ -637,8 +687,7 @@ EOF exit (0); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 - rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit 0 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) @@ -696,21 +745,26 @@ EOF CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; - CRAY*T3D:*:*:*) - echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; + *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) + echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; + 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit 0 ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -732,14 +786,17 @@ EOF i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit 0 ;; - x86:Interix*:3*) - echo i386-pc-interix3 + x86:Interix*:[34]*) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//' + exit 0 ;; + [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) + echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? - echo i386-pc-interix + echo i586-pc-interix exit 0 ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin @@ -751,17 +808,28 @@ EOF echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; *:GNU:*:*) + # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; + *:GNU/*:*:*) + # other systems with GNU libc and userland + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu + exit 0 ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit 0 ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; + cris:Linux:*:*) + echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; + m32r*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; @@ -782,8 +850,26 @@ EOF #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` - rm -f $dummy.c - test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-pc-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 + ;; + mips64:Linux:*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + #undef CPU + #undef mips64 + #undef mips64el + #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) + CPU=mips64el + #else + #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) + CPU=mips64 + #else + CPU= + #endif + #endif +EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu @@ -819,6 +905,9 @@ EOF s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux exit 0 ;; + sh64*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + exit 0 ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu exit 0 ;; @@ -845,7 +934,7 @@ EOF ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" - exit 0 ;; + exit 0 ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" exit 0 ;; @@ -876,9 +965,11 @@ EOF LIBC=gnuaout #endif #endif + #ifdef __dietlibc__ + LIBC=dietlibc + #endif EOF eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` - rm -f $dummy.c test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 ;; @@ -896,6 +987,26 @@ EOF # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; + i*86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit 0 ;; + i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop + exit 0 ;; + i*86:atheos:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos + exit 0 ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable + exit 0 ;; + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then @@ -917,22 +1028,19 @@ EOF UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then - UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` - (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ + UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` + (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent ?II' >/dev/null) \ + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ + (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; - i*86:*DOS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about @@ -956,9 +1064,15 @@ EOF # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; - M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) + mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) + echo m68k-convergent-sysv + exit 0 ;; + M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) + echo m68k-diab-dnix + exit 0 ;; + M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; - 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0) + 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` @@ -975,9 +1089,6 @@ EOF mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit 0 ;; - i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) - echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -1049,6 +1160,9 @@ EOF SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) + echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -1056,7 +1170,12 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:Darwin:*:*) - echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; + unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; + esac + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` @@ -1069,7 +1188,7 @@ EOF *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit 0 ;; - NSR-[GKLNPTVW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) @@ -1092,11 +1211,6 @@ EOF fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 exit 0 ;; - i*86:OS/2:*:*) - # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility - # is probably installed. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx - exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 exit 0 ;; @@ -1115,12 +1229,19 @@ EOF *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its exit 0 ;; - i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop + SEI:*:*:SEIUX) + echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - i*86:atheos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos + *:DragonFly:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; + *:*VMS:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + esac esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 @@ -1241,8 +1362,7 @@ main () } EOF -$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 -rm -f $dummy.c $dummy +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0 # Apollos put the system type in the environment. diff --git a/scripts/config.rpath b/scripts/config.rpath index fa24bfc2d..4db13e50f 100755 --- a/scripts/config.rpath +++ b/scripts/config.rpath @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ld_shlibs=no ;; beos*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no @@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then netbsd*) ;; solaris* | sysv5*) - if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no - elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then hardcode_direct=yes ;; *) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no diff --git a/scripts/config.sub b/scripts/config.sub index f3657978c..ac6de9869 100755 --- a/scripts/config.sub +++ b/scripts/config.sub @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2002-03-07' +timestamp='2004-06-24' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ esac # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | windows32-* | rtmk-nova*) + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \ + kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; @@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ case $os in -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple | -axis) + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; @@ -228,28 +229,42 @@ case $basic_machine in | a29k \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ + | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ | c4x | clipper \ - | d10v | d30v | dsp16xx \ - | fr30 \ + | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ + | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ - | m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ - | mips | mips16 | mips64 | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ - | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el | mips64vr4300 \ - | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ - | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ - | mipsisa32 | mipsisa64 \ + | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ + | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ + | mips16 \ + | mips64 | mips64el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ + | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ + | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ + | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ + | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ + | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ + | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ + | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ + | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | msp430 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ | openrisc | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ - | sh | sh[34] | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh64 \ - | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh64 | sh64le \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ | strongarm \ - | tahoe | thumb | tic80 | tron \ + | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \ @@ -281,34 +296,51 @@ case $basic_machine in | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ - | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* \ | bs2000-* \ - | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c54x-* \ - | clipper-* | cydra-* \ - | d10v-* | d30v-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ + | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ + | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ | elxsi-* \ - | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | fx80-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ - | m32r-* \ + | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ + | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ - | mips-* | mips16-* | mips64-* | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* \ - | mips64orionel-* | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ - | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* \ - | mipsle-* | mipsel-* | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ + | mips16-* \ + | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ + | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ + | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ + | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ + | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ + | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ + | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ + | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ + | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ + | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ + | mmix-* \ + | msp430-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ - | sh-* | sh[34]-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* | shle-* | sh64-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ + | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ - | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ - | tahoe-* | thumb-* | tic30-* | tic54x-* | tic80-* | tron-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ + | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ + | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ + | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \ @@ -332,6 +364,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; + abacus) + basic_machine=abacus-unknown + ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe os=-scout @@ -346,6 +381,12 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; + amd64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + ;; + amd64-*) + basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv @@ -405,12 +446,24 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=j90-cray os=-unicos ;; + craynv) + basic_machine=craynv-cray + os=-unicosmp + ;; + cr16c) + basic_machine=cr16c-unknown + os=-elf + ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; + crx) + basic_machine=crx-unknown + os=-elf + ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; @@ -611,10 +664,6 @@ case $basic_machine in mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; - mmix*) - basic_machine=mmix-knuth - os=-mmixware - ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -706,6 +755,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=or32-unknown os=-coff ;; + os400) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-os400 + ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson os=-ose @@ -728,49 +781,55 @@ case $basic_machine in pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; - pc532 | pc532-*) + pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; - pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon) + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; - pentiumii | pentium2) + pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; + pentium4) + basic_machine=i786-pc + ;; pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; - pentiumii-* | pentium2-*) + pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; + pentium4-*) + basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown - ;; + ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown - ;; + ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown - ;; + ;; ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown - ;; + ;; ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; @@ -801,6 +860,16 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; + sb1) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown + ;; + sb1el) + basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown + ;; + sei) + basic_machine=mips-sei + os=-seiux + ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; @@ -808,6 +877,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) basic_machine=sparclite-wrs os=-vxworks @@ -866,7 +938,7 @@ case $basic_machine in sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; - sv1) + sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray os=-unicos ;; @@ -874,10 +946,6 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; - t3d) - basic_machine=alpha-cray - os=-unicos - ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray os=-unicos @@ -890,6 +958,14 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=tic54x-unknown os=-coff ;; + tic55x | c55x*) + basic_machine=tic55x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; + tic6x | c6x*) + basic_machine=tic6x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; @@ -903,6 +979,10 @@ case $basic_machine in tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; + tpf) + basic_machine=s390x-ibm + os=-tpf + ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi @@ -924,8 +1004,8 @@ case $basic_machine in os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) - basic_machine=f301-fujitsu - ;; + basic_machine=f301-fujitsu + ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks @@ -946,11 +1026,7 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; - windows32) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-windows32-msvcrt - ;; - xps | xps100) + xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; ymp) @@ -980,6 +1056,9 @@ case $basic_machine in romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; + mmix) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; @@ -996,16 +1075,16 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; - sh3 | sh4 | sh3eb | sh4eb) + sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sh64) basic_machine=sh64-unknown ;; - sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) + sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; - cydra) + cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) @@ -1020,10 +1099,6 @@ case $basic_machine in pmac | pmac-mpw) basic_machine=powerpc-apple ;; - c4x*) - basic_machine=c4x-none - os=-coff - ;; *-unknown) # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. ;; @@ -1079,18 +1154,20 @@ case $os in | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ - | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \ - | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \ + | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ + | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ - | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ - | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova*) + | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) @@ -1102,8 +1179,10 @@ case $os in ;; esac ;; + -nto-qnx*) + ;; -nto*) - os=-nto-qnx + os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ @@ -1112,6 +1191,9 @@ case $os in -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` ;; + -linux-dietlibc) + os=-linux-dietlibc + ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; @@ -1124,6 +1206,9 @@ case $os in -opened*) os=-openedition ;; + -os400*) + os=-os400 + ;; -wince*) os=-wince ;; @@ -1145,6 +1230,9 @@ case $os in -atheos*) os=-atheos ;; + -syllable*) + os=-syllable + ;; -386bsd) os=-bsd ;; @@ -1155,7 +1243,7 @@ case $os in os=-rtmk-nova ;; -ns2 ) - os=-nextstep2 + os=-nextstep2 ;; -nsk*) os=-nsk @@ -1167,6 +1255,9 @@ case $os in -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; + -tpf*) + os=-tpf + ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; @@ -1194,8 +1285,14 @@ case $os in -xenix) os=-xenix ;; - -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) - os=-mint + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) + os=-mint + ;; + -aros*) + os=-aros + ;; + -kaos*) + os=-kaos ;; -none) ;; @@ -1228,11 +1325,14 @@ case $basic_machine in arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) os=-tops20 ;; - pdp11-*) + pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) @@ -1274,6 +1374,9 @@ case $basic_machine in *-ibm) os=-aix ;; + *-knuth) + os=-mmixware + ;; *-wec) os=-proelf ;; @@ -1325,19 +1428,19 @@ case $basic_machine in *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; - *-gould) + *-gould) os=-sysv ;; - *-highlevel) + *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; - *-sgi) + *-sgi) os=-irix ;; - *-siemens) + *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) @@ -1406,10 +1509,16 @@ case $basic_machine in -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; + -os400*) + vendor=ibm + ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; - -vxsim* | -vxworks*) + -tpf*) + vendor=ibm + ;; + -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) diff --git a/sm/ChangeLog b/sm/ChangeLog index 28a397182..1192c8523 100644 --- a/sm/ChangeLog +++ b/sm/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 2004-09-30 Werner Koch + * Makefile.am: Adjusted for gettext 0.14. + * keylist.c (list_cert_colon): Make sure that the expired flag has a higher precedence than the invalid flag. diff --git a/sm/Makefile.am b/sm/Makefile.am index 1ac7cbe84..0cb96c57f 100644 --- a/sm/Makefile.am +++ b/sm/Makefile.am @@ -53,4 +53,6 @@ gpgsm_SOURCES = \ gpgsm_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a ../kbx/libkeybox.a ../common/libcommon.a \ $(LIBGCRYPT_LIBS) $(LIBASSUAN_LIBS) $(KSBA_LIBS) -lgpg-error \ - $(INTLLIBS) + $(LIBINTL) + + diff --git a/tests/ChangeLog b/tests/ChangeLog index c012c2346..749220d9a 100644 --- a/tests/ChangeLog +++ b/tests/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Remove pkits until the copyright issues + have been cleared. + 2004-08-16 Werner Koch * Makefile.am: Descend into the new pkits directory diff --git a/tests/Makefile.am b/tests/Makefile.am index b44336bfb..bc2e50e10 100644 --- a/tests/Makefile.am +++ b/tests/Makefile.am @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -if RUN_PKITS_TESTS -pkits = pkits -else -pkits = -endif - -SUBDIRS = . ${pkits} +#if RUN_PKITS_TESTS +#pkits = pkits +#else +#pkits = +#endif +# +#SUBDIRS = . ${pkits} GPGSM = ../sm/gpgsm diff --git a/tools/ChangeLog b/tools/ChangeLog index befb1bf3c..fa6572ae7 100644 --- a/tools/ChangeLog +++ b/tools/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2004-09-30 Werner Koch + + * Makefile.am: Adjusted for gettext 0.14. + 2004-09-29 Werner Koch * gpgconf-comp.c: Made the entries fro GROUPs translatable. diff --git a/tools/Makefile.am b/tools/Makefile.am index 71a77356f..5395a90ca 100644 --- a/tools/Makefile.am +++ b/tools/Makefile.am @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@ bin_PROGRAMS = gpgconf watchgnupg gpgconf_SOURCES = gpgconf.c gpgconf.h gpgconf-comp.c no-libgcrypt.c -gpgconf_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a ../common/libcommon.a @INTLLIBS@ +gpgconf_LDADD = ../jnlib/libjnlib.a ../common/libcommon.a @LIBINTL@ watchgnupg_SOURCES = watchgnupg.c -- cgit